1 /* 2 * This file is part of gtkD. 3 * 4 * gtkD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License 6 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 7 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version, with 8 * some exceptions, please read the COPYING file. 9 * 10 * gtkD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 11 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 12 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 13 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. 14 * 15 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License 16 * along with gtkD; if not, write to the Free Software 17 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA 18 */ 19 20 // generated automatically - do not change 21 // find conversion definition on APILookup.txt 22 // implement new conversion functionalities on the wrap.utils pakage 23 24 25 module gio.c.types; 26 27 public import glib.c.types; 28 public import gobject.c.types; 29 30 31 /** 32 * Flags used when creating a #GAppInfo. 33 */ 34 public enum GAppInfoCreateFlags 35 { 36 /** 37 * No flags. 38 */ 39 NONE = 0, 40 /** 41 * Application opens in a terminal window. 42 */ 43 NEEDS_TERMINAL = 1, 44 /** 45 * Application supports URI arguments. 46 */ 47 SUPPORTS_URIS = 2, 48 /** 49 * Application supports startup notification. Since 2.26 50 */ 51 SUPPORTS_STARTUP_NOTIFICATION = 4, 52 } 53 alias GAppInfoCreateFlags AppInfoCreateFlags; 54 55 /** 56 * Flags used to define the behaviour of a #GApplication. 57 * 58 * Since: 2.28 59 */ 60 public enum GApplicationFlags 61 { 62 /** 63 * Default 64 */ 65 FLAGS_NONE = 0, 66 /** 67 * Run as a service. In this mode, registration 68 * fails if the service is already running, and the application 69 * will initially wait up to 10 seconds for an initial activation 70 * message to arrive. 71 */ 72 IS_SERVICE = 1, 73 /** 74 * Don't try to become the primary instance. 75 */ 76 IS_LAUNCHER = 2, 77 /** 78 * This application handles opening files (in 79 * the primary instance). Note that this flag only affects the default 80 * implementation of local_command_line(), and has no effect if 81 * %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is given. 82 * See g_application_run() for details. 83 */ 84 HANDLES_OPEN = 4, 85 /** 86 * This application handles command line 87 * arguments (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affect 88 * the default implementation of local_command_line(). 89 * See g_application_run() for details. 90 */ 91 HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE = 8, 92 /** 93 * Send the environment of the 94 * launching process to the primary instance. Set this flag if your 95 * application is expected to behave differently depending on certain 96 * environment variables. For instance, an editor might be expected 97 * to use the `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` environment variable 98 * when editing a git commit message. The environment is available 99 * to the #GApplication::command-line signal handler, via 100 * g_application_command_line_getenv(). 101 */ 102 SEND_ENVIRONMENT = 16, 103 /** 104 * Make no attempts to do any of the typical 105 * single-instance application negotiation, even if the application 106 * ID is given. The application neither attempts to become the 107 * owner of the application ID nor does it check if an existing 108 * owner already exists. Everything occurs in the local process. 109 * Since: 2.30. 110 */ 111 NON_UNIQUE = 32, 112 /** 113 * Allow users to override the 114 * application ID from the command line with `--gapplication-app-id`. 115 * Since: 2.48 116 */ 117 CAN_OVERRIDE_APP_ID = 64, 118 /** 119 * Allow another instance to take over 120 * the bus name. Since: 2.60 121 */ 122 ALLOW_REPLACEMENT = 128, 123 /** 124 * Take over from another instance. This flag is 125 * usually set by passing `--gapplication-replace` on the commandline. 126 * Since: 2.60 127 */ 128 REPLACE = 256, 129 } 130 alias GApplicationFlags ApplicationFlags; 131 132 /** 133 * #GAskPasswordFlags are used to request specific information from the 134 * user, or to notify the user of their choices in an authentication 135 * situation. 136 */ 137 public enum GAskPasswordFlags 138 { 139 /** 140 * operation requires a password. 141 */ 142 NEED_PASSWORD = 1, 143 /** 144 * operation requires a username. 145 */ 146 NEED_USERNAME = 2, 147 /** 148 * operation requires a domain. 149 */ 150 NEED_DOMAIN = 4, 151 /** 152 * operation supports saving settings. 153 */ 154 SAVING_SUPPORTED = 8, 155 /** 156 * operation supports anonymous users. 157 */ 158 ANONYMOUS_SUPPORTED = 16, 159 /** 160 * operation takes TCRYPT parameters (Since: 2.58) 161 */ 162 TCRYPT = 32, 163 } 164 alias GAskPasswordFlags AskPasswordFlags; 165 166 /** 167 * Flags used in g_bus_own_name(). 168 * 169 * Since: 2.26 170 */ 171 public enum GBusNameOwnerFlags 172 { 173 /** 174 * No flags set. 175 */ 176 NONE = 0, 177 /** 178 * Allow another message bus connection to claim the name. 179 */ 180 ALLOW_REPLACEMENT = 1, 181 /** 182 * If another message bus connection owns the name and have 183 * specified %G_BUS_NAME_OWNER_FLAGS_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT, then take the name from the other connection. 184 */ 185 REPLACE = 2, 186 /** 187 * If another message bus connection owns the name, immediately 188 * return an error from g_bus_own_name() rather than entering the waiting queue for that name. (Since 2.54) 189 */ 190 DO_NOT_QUEUE = 4, 191 } 192 alias GBusNameOwnerFlags BusNameOwnerFlags; 193 194 /** 195 * Flags used in g_bus_watch_name(). 196 * 197 * Since: 2.26 198 */ 199 public enum GBusNameWatcherFlags 200 { 201 /** 202 * No flags set. 203 */ 204 NONE = 0, 205 /** 206 * If no-one owns the name when 207 * beginning to watch the name, ask the bus to launch an owner for the 208 * name. 209 */ 210 AUTO_START = 1, 211 } 212 alias GBusNameWatcherFlags BusNameWatcherFlags; 213 214 /** 215 * An enumeration for well-known message buses. 216 * 217 * Since: 2.26 218 */ 219 public enum GBusType 220 { 221 /** 222 * An alias for the message bus that activated the process, if any. 223 */ 224 STARTER = -1, 225 /** 226 * Not a message bus. 227 */ 228 NONE = 0, 229 /** 230 * The system-wide message bus. 231 */ 232 SYSTEM = 1, 233 /** 234 * The login session message bus. 235 */ 236 SESSION = 2, 237 } 238 alias GBusType BusType; 239 240 /** 241 * Flags used when calling a g_converter_convert(). 242 * 243 * Since: 2.24 244 */ 245 public enum GConverterFlags 246 { 247 /** 248 * No flags. 249 */ 250 NONE = 0, 251 /** 252 * At end of input data 253 */ 254 INPUT_AT_END = 1, 255 /** 256 * Flush data 257 */ 258 FLUSH = 2, 259 } 260 alias GConverterFlags ConverterFlags; 261 262 /** 263 * Results returned from g_converter_convert(). 264 * 265 * Since: 2.24 266 */ 267 public enum GConverterResult 268 { 269 /** 270 * There was an error during conversion. 271 */ 272 ERROR = 0, 273 /** 274 * Some data was consumed or produced 275 */ 276 CONVERTED = 1, 277 /** 278 * The conversion is finished 279 */ 280 FINISHED = 2, 281 /** 282 * Flushing is finished 283 */ 284 FLUSHED = 3, 285 } 286 alias GConverterResult ConverterResult; 287 288 /** 289 * Enumeration describing different kinds of native credential types. 290 * 291 * Since: 2.26 292 */ 293 public enum GCredentialsType 294 { 295 /** 296 * Indicates an invalid native credential type. 297 */ 298 INVALID = 0, 299 /** 300 * The native credentials type is a `struct ucred`. 301 */ 302 LINUX_UCRED = 1, 303 /** 304 * The native credentials type is a `struct cmsgcred`. 305 */ 306 FREEBSD_CMSGCRED = 2, 307 /** 308 * The native credentials type is a `struct sockpeercred`. Added in 2.30. 309 */ 310 OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED = 3, 311 /** 312 * The native credentials type is a `ucred_t`. Added in 2.40. 313 */ 314 SOLARIS_UCRED = 4, 315 /** 316 * The native credentials type is a `struct unpcbid`. Added in 2.42. 317 */ 318 NETBSD_UNPCBID = 5, 319 /** 320 * The native credentials type is a `struct xucred`. Added in 2.66. 321 */ 322 APPLE_XUCRED = 6, 323 /** 324 * The native credentials type is a PID `DWORD`. Added in 2.72. 325 */ 326 WIN32_PID = 7, 327 } 328 alias GCredentialsType CredentialsType; 329 330 /** 331 * Flags used in g_dbus_connection_call() and similar APIs. 332 * 333 * Since: 2.26 334 */ 335 public enum GDBusCallFlags 336 { 337 /** 338 * No flags set. 339 */ 340 NONE = 0, 341 /** 342 * The bus must not launch 343 * an owner for the destination name in response to this method 344 * invocation. 345 */ 346 NO_AUTO_START = 1, 347 /** 348 * the caller is prepared to 349 * wait for interactive authorization. Since 2.46. 350 */ 351 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 2, 352 } 353 alias GDBusCallFlags DBusCallFlags; 354 355 /** 356 * Capabilities negotiated with the remote peer. 357 * 358 * Since: 2.26 359 */ 360 public enum GDBusCapabilityFlags 361 { 362 /** 363 * No flags set. 364 */ 365 NONE = 0, 366 /** 367 * The connection 368 * supports exchanging UNIX file descriptors with the remote peer. 369 */ 370 UNIX_FD_PASSING = 1, 371 } 372 alias GDBusCapabilityFlags DBusCapabilityFlags; 373 374 /** 375 * Flags used when creating a new #GDBusConnection. 376 * 377 * Since: 2.26 378 */ 379 public enum GDBusConnectionFlags 380 { 381 /** 382 * No flags set. 383 */ 384 NONE = 0, 385 /** 386 * Perform authentication against server. 387 */ 388 AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT = 1, 389 /** 390 * Perform authentication against client. 391 */ 392 AUTHENTICATION_SERVER = 2, 393 /** 394 * When 395 * authenticating as a server, allow the anonymous authentication 396 * method. 397 */ 398 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 4, 399 /** 400 * Pass this flag if connecting to a peer that is a 401 * message bus. This means that the Hello() method will be invoked as part of the connection setup. 402 */ 403 MESSAGE_BUS_CONNECTION = 8, 404 /** 405 * If set, processing of D-Bus messages is 406 * delayed until g_dbus_connection_start_message_processing() is called. 407 */ 408 DELAY_MESSAGE_PROCESSING = 16, 409 /** 410 * When authenticating 411 * as a server, require the UID of the peer to be the same as the UID of the server. (Since: 2.68) 412 */ 413 AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRE_SAME_USER = 32, 414 } 415 alias GDBusConnectionFlags DBusConnectionFlags; 416 417 /** 418 * Error codes for the %G_DBUS_ERROR error domain. 419 * 420 * Since: 2.26 421 */ 422 public enum GDBusError 423 { 424 /** 425 * A generic error; "something went wrong" - see the error message for 426 * more. 427 */ 428 FAILED = 0, 429 /** 430 * There was not enough memory to complete an operation. 431 */ 432 NO_MEMORY = 1, 433 /** 434 * The bus doesn't know how to launch a service to supply the bus name 435 * you wanted. 436 */ 437 SERVICE_UNKNOWN = 2, 438 /** 439 * The bus name you referenced doesn't exist (i.e. no application owns 440 * it). 441 */ 442 NAME_HAS_NO_OWNER = 3, 443 /** 444 * No reply to a message expecting one, usually means a timeout occurred. 445 */ 446 NO_REPLY = 4, 447 /** 448 * Something went wrong reading or writing to a socket, for example. 449 */ 450 IO_ERROR = 5, 451 /** 452 * A D-Bus bus address was malformed. 453 */ 454 BAD_ADDRESS = 6, 455 /** 456 * Requested operation isn't supported (like ENOSYS on UNIX). 457 */ 458 NOT_SUPPORTED = 7, 459 /** 460 * Some limited resource is exhausted. 461 */ 462 LIMITS_EXCEEDED = 8, 463 /** 464 * Security restrictions don't allow doing what you're trying to do. 465 */ 466 ACCESS_DENIED = 9, 467 /** 468 * Authentication didn't work. 469 */ 470 AUTH_FAILED = 10, 471 /** 472 * Unable to connect to server (probably caused by ECONNREFUSED on a 473 * socket). 474 */ 475 NO_SERVER = 11, 476 /** 477 * Certain timeout errors, possibly ETIMEDOUT on a socket. Note that 478 * %G_DBUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY is used for message reply timeouts. Warning: 479 * this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMED_OUT also 480 * exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be 481 * careful. 482 */ 483 TIMEOUT = 12, 484 /** 485 * No network access (probably ENETUNREACH on a socket). 486 */ 487 NO_NETWORK = 13, 488 /** 489 * Can't bind a socket since its address is in use (i.e. EADDRINUSE). 490 */ 491 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 14, 492 /** 493 * The connection is disconnected and you're trying to use it. 494 */ 495 DISCONNECTED = 15, 496 /** 497 * Invalid arguments passed to a method call. 498 */ 499 INVALID_ARGS = 16, 500 /** 501 * Missing file. 502 */ 503 FILE_NOT_FOUND = 17, 504 /** 505 * Existing file and the operation you're using does not silently overwrite. 506 */ 507 FILE_EXISTS = 18, 508 /** 509 * Method name you invoked isn't known by the object you invoked it on. 510 */ 511 UNKNOWN_METHOD = 19, 512 /** 513 * Certain timeout errors, e.g. while starting a service. Warning: this is 514 * confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT also exists. We 515 * can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. 516 */ 517 TIMED_OUT = 20, 518 /** 519 * Tried to remove or modify a match rule that didn't exist. 520 */ 521 MATCH_RULE_NOT_FOUND = 21, 522 /** 523 * The match rule isn't syntactically valid. 524 */ 525 MATCH_RULE_INVALID = 22, 526 /** 527 * While starting a new process, the exec() call failed. 528 */ 529 SPAWN_EXEC_FAILED = 23, 530 /** 531 * While starting a new process, the fork() call failed. 532 */ 533 SPAWN_FORK_FAILED = 24, 534 /** 535 * While starting a new process, the child exited with a status code. 536 */ 537 SPAWN_CHILD_EXITED = 25, 538 /** 539 * While starting a new process, the child exited on a signal. 540 */ 541 SPAWN_CHILD_SIGNALED = 26, 542 /** 543 * While starting a new process, something went wrong. 544 */ 545 SPAWN_FAILED = 27, 546 /** 547 * We failed to setup the environment correctly. 548 */ 549 SPAWN_SETUP_FAILED = 28, 550 /** 551 * We failed to setup the config parser correctly. 552 */ 553 SPAWN_CONFIG_INVALID = 29, 554 /** 555 * Bus name was not valid. 556 */ 557 SPAWN_SERVICE_INVALID = 30, 558 /** 559 * Service file not found in system-services directory. 560 */ 561 SPAWN_SERVICE_NOT_FOUND = 31, 562 /** 563 * Permissions are incorrect on the setuid helper. 564 */ 565 SPAWN_PERMISSIONS_INVALID = 32, 566 /** 567 * Service file invalid (Name, User or Exec missing). 568 */ 569 SPAWN_FILE_INVALID = 33, 570 /** 571 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 572 */ 573 SPAWN_NO_MEMORY = 34, 574 /** 575 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 576 */ 577 UNIX_PROCESS_ID_UNKNOWN = 35, 578 /** 579 * A type signature is not valid. 580 */ 581 INVALID_SIGNATURE = 36, 582 /** 583 * A file contains invalid syntax or is otherwise broken. 584 */ 585 INVALID_FILE_CONTENT = 37, 586 /** 587 * Asked for SELinux security context and it wasn't available. 588 */ 589 SELINUX_SECURITY_CONTEXT_UNKNOWN = 38, 590 /** 591 * Asked for ADT audit data and it wasn't available. 592 */ 593 ADT_AUDIT_DATA_UNKNOWN = 39, 594 /** 595 * There's already an object with the requested object path. 596 */ 597 OBJECT_PATH_IN_USE = 40, 598 /** 599 * Object you invoked a method on isn't known. Since 2.42 600 */ 601 UNKNOWN_OBJECT = 41, 602 /** 603 * Interface you invoked a method on isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 604 */ 605 UNKNOWN_INTERFACE = 42, 606 /** 607 * Property you tried to access isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 608 */ 609 UNKNOWN_PROPERTY = 43, 610 /** 611 * Property you tried to set is read-only. Since 2.42 612 */ 613 PROPERTY_READ_ONLY = 44, 614 } 615 alias GDBusError DBusError; 616 617 /** 618 * Flags describing the behavior of a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton instance. 619 * 620 * Since: 2.30 621 */ 622 public enum GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags 623 { 624 /** 625 * No flags set. 626 */ 627 NONE = 0, 628 /** 629 * Each method invocation is handled in 630 * a thread dedicated to the invocation. This means that the method implementation can use blocking IO 631 * without blocking any other part of the process. It also means that the method implementation must 632 * use locking to access data structures used by other threads. 633 */ 634 HANDLE_METHOD_INVOCATIONS_IN_THREAD = 1, 635 } 636 alias GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags DBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags; 637 638 /** 639 * Enumeration used to describe the byte order of a D-Bus message. 640 * 641 * Since: 2.26 642 */ 643 public enum GDBusMessageByteOrder 644 { 645 /** 646 * The byte order is big endian. 647 */ 648 BIG_ENDIAN = 66, 649 /** 650 * The byte order is little endian. 651 */ 652 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 108, 653 } 654 alias GDBusMessageByteOrder DBusMessageByteOrder; 655 656 /** 657 * Message flags used in #GDBusMessage. 658 * 659 * Since: 2.26 660 */ 661 public enum GDBusMessageFlags 662 { 663 /** 664 * No flags set. 665 */ 666 NONE = 0, 667 /** 668 * A reply is not expected. 669 */ 670 NO_REPLY_EXPECTED = 1, 671 /** 672 * The bus must not launch an 673 * owner for the destination name in response to this message. 674 */ 675 NO_AUTO_START = 2, 676 /** 677 * If set on a method 678 * call, this flag means that the caller is prepared to wait for interactive 679 * authorization. Since 2.46. 680 */ 681 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 4, 682 } 683 alias GDBusMessageFlags DBusMessageFlags; 684 685 /** 686 * Header fields used in #GDBusMessage. 687 * 688 * Since: 2.26 689 */ 690 public enum GDBusMessageHeaderField 691 { 692 /** 693 * Not a valid header field. 694 */ 695 INVALID = 0, 696 /** 697 * The object path. 698 */ 699 PATH = 1, 700 /** 701 * The interface name. 702 */ 703 INTERFACE = 2, 704 /** 705 * The method or signal name. 706 */ 707 MEMBER = 3, 708 /** 709 * The name of the error that occurred. 710 */ 711 ERROR_NAME = 4, 712 /** 713 * The serial number the message is a reply to. 714 */ 715 REPLY_SERIAL = 5, 716 /** 717 * The name the message is intended for. 718 */ 719 DESTINATION = 6, 720 /** 721 * Unique name of the sender of the message (filled in by the bus). 722 */ 723 SENDER = 7, 724 /** 725 * The signature of the message body. 726 */ 727 SIGNATURE = 8, 728 /** 729 * The number of UNIX file descriptors that accompany the message. 730 */ 731 NUM_UNIX_FDS = 9, 732 } 733 alias GDBusMessageHeaderField DBusMessageHeaderField; 734 735 /** 736 * Message types used in #GDBusMessage. 737 * 738 * Since: 2.26 739 */ 740 public enum GDBusMessageType 741 { 742 /** 743 * Message is of invalid type. 744 */ 745 INVALID = 0, 746 /** 747 * Method call. 748 */ 749 METHOD_CALL = 1, 750 /** 751 * Method reply. 752 */ 753 METHOD_RETURN = 2, 754 /** 755 * Error reply. 756 */ 757 ERROR = 3, 758 /** 759 * Signal emission. 760 */ 761 SIGNAL = 4, 762 } 763 alias GDBusMessageType DBusMessageType; 764 765 /** 766 * Flags used when constructing a #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 767 * 768 * Since: 2.30 769 */ 770 public enum GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags 771 { 772 /** 773 * No flags set. 774 */ 775 NONE = 0, 776 /** 777 * If not set and the 778 * manager is for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch 779 * an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only 780 * be used in managers for well-known names. 781 */ 782 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 1, 783 } 784 alias GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags DBusObjectManagerClientFlags; 785 786 /** 787 * Flags describing the access control of a D-Bus property. 788 * 789 * Since: 2.26 790 */ 791 public enum GDBusPropertyInfoFlags 792 { 793 /** 794 * No flags set. 795 */ 796 NONE = 0, 797 /** 798 * Property is readable. 799 */ 800 READABLE = 1, 801 /** 802 * Property is writable. 803 */ 804 WRITABLE = 2, 805 } 806 alias GDBusPropertyInfoFlags DBusPropertyInfoFlags; 807 808 /** 809 * Flags used when constructing an instance of a #GDBusProxy derived class. 810 * 811 * Since: 2.26 812 */ 813 public enum GDBusProxyFlags 814 { 815 /** 816 * No flags set. 817 */ 818 NONE = 0, 819 /** 820 * Don't load properties. 821 */ 822 DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES = 1, 823 /** 824 * Don't connect to signals on the remote object. 825 */ 826 DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS = 2, 827 /** 828 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 829 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization or a method call. 830 * This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names. 831 */ 832 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 4, 833 /** 834 * If set, the property value for any __invalidated property__ will be (asynchronously) retrieved upon receiving the [`PropertiesChanged`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties) D-Bus signal and the property will not cause emission of the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal. When the value is received the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal is emitted for the property along with the retrieved value. Since 2.32. 835 */ 836 GET_INVALIDATED_PROPERTIES = 8, 837 /** 838 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 839 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization, but allow it to be 840 * autostarted by a method call. This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names, 841 * and only if %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is not also specified. 842 */ 843 DO_NOT_AUTO_START_AT_CONSTRUCTION = 16, 844 /** 845 * Don't actually send the AddMatch D-Bus 846 * call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control 847 * over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). (Since: 2.72) 848 */ 849 NO_MATCH_RULE = 32, 850 } 851 alias GDBusProxyFlags DBusProxyFlags; 852 853 /** 854 * Flags used when sending #GDBusMessages on a #GDBusConnection. 855 * 856 * Since: 2.26 857 */ 858 public enum GDBusSendMessageFlags 859 { 860 /** 861 * No flags set. 862 */ 863 NONE = 0, 864 /** 865 * Do not automatically 866 * assign a serial number from the #GDBusConnection object when 867 * sending a message. 868 */ 869 PRESERVE_SERIAL = 1, 870 } 871 alias GDBusSendMessageFlags DBusSendMessageFlags; 872 873 /** 874 * Flags used when creating a #GDBusServer. 875 * 876 * Since: 2.26 877 */ 878 public enum GDBusServerFlags 879 { 880 /** 881 * No flags set. 882 */ 883 NONE = 0, 884 /** 885 * All #GDBusServer::new-connection 886 * signals will run in separated dedicated threads (see signal for 887 * details). 888 */ 889 RUN_IN_THREAD = 1, 890 /** 891 * Allow the anonymous 892 * authentication method. 893 */ 894 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 2, 895 /** 896 * Require the UID of the 897 * peer to be the same as the UID of the server when authenticating. (Since: 2.68) 898 */ 899 AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRE_SAME_USER = 4, 900 } 901 alias GDBusServerFlags DBusServerFlags; 902 903 /** 904 * Flags used when subscribing to signals via g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 905 * 906 * Since: 2.26 907 */ 908 public enum GDBusSignalFlags 909 { 910 /** 911 * No flags set. 912 */ 913 NONE = 0, 914 /** 915 * Don't actually send the AddMatch 916 * D-Bus call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control 917 * over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). 918 */ 919 NO_MATCH_RULE = 1, 920 /** 921 * Match first arguments that 922 * contain a bus or interface name with the given namespace. 923 */ 924 MATCH_ARG0_NAMESPACE = 2, 925 /** 926 * Match first arguments that 927 * contain an object path that is either equivalent to the given path, 928 * or one of the paths is a subpath of the other. 929 */ 930 MATCH_ARG0_PATH = 4, 931 } 932 alias GDBusSignalFlags DBusSignalFlags; 933 934 /** 935 * Flags passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 936 * 937 * Since: 2.26 938 */ 939 public enum GDBusSubtreeFlags 940 { 941 /** 942 * No flags set. 943 */ 944 NONE = 0, 945 /** 946 * Method calls to objects not in the enumerated range 947 * will still be dispatched. This is useful if you want 948 * to dynamically spawn objects in the subtree. 949 */ 950 DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES = 1, 951 } 952 alias GDBusSubtreeFlags DBusSubtreeFlags; 953 954 /** 955 * #GDataStreamByteOrder is used to ensure proper endianness of streaming data sources 956 * across various machine architectures. 957 */ 958 public enum GDataStreamByteOrder 959 { 960 /** 961 * Selects Big Endian byte order. 962 */ 963 BIG_ENDIAN = 0, 964 /** 965 * Selects Little Endian byte order. 966 */ 967 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 1, 968 /** 969 * Selects endianness based on host machine's architecture. 970 */ 971 HOST_ENDIAN = 2, 972 } 973 alias GDataStreamByteOrder DataStreamByteOrder; 974 975 /** 976 * #GDataStreamNewlineType is used when checking for or setting the line endings for a given file. 977 */ 978 public enum GDataStreamNewlineType 979 { 980 /** 981 * Selects "LF" line endings, common on most modern UNIX platforms. 982 */ 983 LF = 0, 984 /** 985 * Selects "CR" line endings. 986 */ 987 CR = 1, 988 /** 989 * Selects "CR, LF" line ending, common on Microsoft Windows. 990 */ 991 CR_LF = 2, 992 /** 993 * Automatically try to handle any line ending type. 994 */ 995 ANY = 3, 996 } 997 alias GDataStreamNewlineType DataStreamNewlineType; 998 999 /** 1000 * Flags used when starting a drive. 1001 * 1002 * Since: 2.22 1003 */ 1004 public enum GDriveStartFlags 1005 { 1006 /** 1007 * No flags set. 1008 */ 1009 NONE = 0, 1010 } 1011 alias GDriveStartFlags DriveStartFlags; 1012 1013 /** 1014 * Enumeration describing how a drive can be started/stopped. 1015 * 1016 * Since: 2.22 1017 */ 1018 public enum GDriveStartStopType 1019 { 1020 /** 1021 * Unknown or drive doesn't support 1022 * start/stop. 1023 */ 1024 UNKNOWN = 0, 1025 /** 1026 * The stop method will physically 1027 * shut down the drive and e.g. power down the port the drive is 1028 * attached to. 1029 */ 1030 SHUTDOWN = 1, 1031 /** 1032 * The start/stop methods are used 1033 * for connecting/disconnect to the drive over the network. 1034 */ 1035 NETWORK = 2, 1036 /** 1037 * The start/stop methods will 1038 * assemble/disassemble a virtual drive from several physical 1039 * drives. 1040 */ 1041 MULTIDISK = 3, 1042 /** 1043 * The start/stop methods will 1044 * unlock/lock the disk (for example using the ATA <quote>SECURITY 1045 * UNLOCK DEVICE</quote> command) 1046 */ 1047 PASSWORD = 4, 1048 } 1049 alias GDriveStartStopType DriveStartStopType; 1050 1051 /** 1052 * GEmblemOrigin is used to add information about the origin of the emblem 1053 * to #GEmblem. 1054 * 1055 * Since: 2.18 1056 */ 1057 public enum GEmblemOrigin 1058 { 1059 /** 1060 * Emblem of unknown origin 1061 */ 1062 UNKNOWN = 0, 1063 /** 1064 * Emblem adds device-specific information 1065 */ 1066 DEVICE = 1, 1067 /** 1068 * Emblem depicts live metadata, such as "readonly" 1069 */ 1070 LIVEMETADATA = 2, 1071 /** 1072 * Emblem comes from a user-defined tag, e.g. set by nautilus (in the future) 1073 */ 1074 TAG = 3, 1075 } 1076 alias GEmblemOrigin EmblemOrigin; 1077 1078 /** 1079 * Flags specifying the behaviour of an attribute. 1080 */ 1081 public enum GFileAttributeInfoFlags 1082 { 1083 /** 1084 * no flags set. 1085 */ 1086 NONE = 0, 1087 /** 1088 * copy the attribute values when the file is copied. 1089 */ 1090 COPY_WITH_FILE = 1, 1091 /** 1092 * copy the attribute values when the file is moved. 1093 */ 1094 COPY_WHEN_MOVED = 2, 1095 } 1096 alias GFileAttributeInfoFlags FileAttributeInfoFlags; 1097 1098 /** 1099 * Used by g_file_set_attributes_from_info() when setting file attributes. 1100 */ 1101 public enum GFileAttributeStatus 1102 { 1103 /** 1104 * Attribute value is unset (empty). 1105 */ 1106 UNSET = 0, 1107 /** 1108 * Attribute value is set. 1109 */ 1110 SET = 1, 1111 /** 1112 * Indicates an error in setting the value. 1113 */ 1114 ERROR_SETTING = 2, 1115 } 1116 alias GFileAttributeStatus FileAttributeStatus; 1117 1118 /** 1119 * The data types for file attributes. 1120 */ 1121 public enum GFileAttributeType 1122 { 1123 /** 1124 * indicates an invalid or uninitialized type. 1125 */ 1126 INVALID = 0, 1127 /** 1128 * a null terminated UTF8 string. 1129 */ 1130 STRING = 1, 1131 /** 1132 * a zero terminated string of non-zero bytes. 1133 */ 1134 BYTE_STRING = 2, 1135 /** 1136 * a boolean value. 1137 */ 1138 BOOLEAN = 3, 1139 /** 1140 * an unsigned 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1141 */ 1142 UINT32 = 4, 1143 /** 1144 * a signed 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1145 */ 1146 INT32 = 5, 1147 /** 1148 * an unsigned 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1149 */ 1150 UINT64 = 6, 1151 /** 1152 * a signed 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1153 */ 1154 INT64 = 7, 1155 /** 1156 * a #GObject. 1157 */ 1158 OBJECT = 8, 1159 /** 1160 * a %NULL terminated char **. Since 2.22 1161 */ 1162 STRINGV = 9, 1163 } 1164 alias GFileAttributeType FileAttributeType; 1165 1166 /** 1167 * Flags used when copying or moving files. 1168 */ 1169 public enum GFileCopyFlags 1170 { 1171 /** 1172 * No flags set. 1173 */ 1174 NONE = 0, 1175 /** 1176 * Overwrite any existing files 1177 */ 1178 OVERWRITE = 1, 1179 /** 1180 * Make a backup of any existing files. 1181 */ 1182 BACKUP = 2, 1183 /** 1184 * Don't follow symlinks. 1185 */ 1186 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 4, 1187 /** 1188 * Copy all file metadata instead of just default set used for copy (see #GFileInfo). 1189 */ 1190 ALL_METADATA = 8, 1191 /** 1192 * Don't use copy and delete fallback if native move not supported. 1193 */ 1194 NO_FALLBACK_FOR_MOVE = 16, 1195 /** 1196 * Leaves target file with default perms, instead of setting the source file perms. 1197 */ 1198 TARGET_DEFAULT_PERMS = 32, 1199 } 1200 alias GFileCopyFlags FileCopyFlags; 1201 1202 /** 1203 * Flags used when an operation may create a file. 1204 */ 1205 public enum GFileCreateFlags 1206 { 1207 /** 1208 * No flags set. 1209 */ 1210 NONE = 0, 1211 /** 1212 * Create a file that can only be 1213 * accessed by the current user. 1214 */ 1215 PRIVATE = 1, 1216 /** 1217 * Replace the destination 1218 * as if it didn't exist before. Don't try to keep any old 1219 * permissions, replace instead of following links. This 1220 * is generally useful if you're doing a "copy over" 1221 * rather than a "save new version of" replace operation. 1222 * You can think of it as "unlink destination" before 1223 * writing to it, although the implementation may not 1224 * be exactly like that. This flag can only be used with 1225 * g_file_replace() and its variants, including g_file_replace_contents(). 1226 * Since 2.20 1227 */ 1228 REPLACE_DESTINATION = 2, 1229 } 1230 alias GFileCreateFlags FileCreateFlags; 1231 1232 /** 1233 * Flags that can be used with g_file_measure_disk_usage(). 1234 * 1235 * Since: 2.38 1236 */ 1237 public enum GFileMeasureFlags 1238 { 1239 /** 1240 * No flags set. 1241 */ 1242 NONE = 0, 1243 /** 1244 * Report any error encountered 1245 * while traversing the directory tree. Normally errors are only 1246 * reported for the toplevel file. 1247 */ 1248 REPORT_ANY_ERROR = 2, 1249 /** 1250 * Tally usage based on apparent file 1251 * sizes. Normally, the block-size is used, if available, as this is a 1252 * more accurate representation of disk space used. 1253 * Compare with `du --apparent-size`. 1254 */ 1255 APPARENT_SIZE = 4, 1256 /** 1257 * Do not cross mount point boundaries. 1258 * Compare with `du -x`. 1259 */ 1260 NO_XDEV = 8, 1261 } 1262 alias GFileMeasureFlags FileMeasureFlags; 1263 1264 /** 1265 * Specifies what type of event a monitor event is. 1266 */ 1267 public enum GFileMonitorEvent 1268 { 1269 /** 1270 * a file changed. 1271 */ 1272 CHANGED = 0, 1273 /** 1274 * a hint that this was probably the last change in a set of changes. 1275 */ 1276 CHANGES_DONE_HINT = 1, 1277 /** 1278 * a file was deleted. 1279 */ 1280 DELETED = 2, 1281 /** 1282 * a file was created. 1283 */ 1284 CREATED = 3, 1285 /** 1286 * a file attribute was changed. 1287 */ 1288 ATTRIBUTE_CHANGED = 4, 1289 /** 1290 * the file location will soon be unmounted. 1291 */ 1292 PRE_UNMOUNT = 5, 1293 /** 1294 * the file location was unmounted. 1295 */ 1296 UNMOUNTED = 6, 1297 /** 1298 * the file was moved -- only sent if the 1299 * (deprecated) %G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag is set 1300 */ 1301 MOVED = 7, 1302 /** 1303 * the file was renamed within the 1304 * current directory -- only sent if the %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES 1305 * flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1306 */ 1307 RENAMED = 8, 1308 /** 1309 * the file was moved into the 1310 * monitored directory from another location -- only sent if the 1311 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1312 */ 1313 MOVED_IN = 9, 1314 /** 1315 * the file was moved out of the 1316 * monitored directory to another location -- only sent if the 1317 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46 1318 */ 1319 MOVED_OUT = 10, 1320 } 1321 alias GFileMonitorEvent FileMonitorEvent; 1322 1323 /** 1324 * Flags used to set what a #GFileMonitor will watch for. 1325 */ 1326 public enum GFileMonitorFlags 1327 { 1328 /** 1329 * No flags set. 1330 */ 1331 NONE = 0, 1332 /** 1333 * Watch for mount events. 1334 */ 1335 WATCH_MOUNTS = 1, 1336 /** 1337 * Pair DELETED and CREATED events caused 1338 * by file renames (moves) and send a single G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED 1339 * event instead (NB: not supported on all backends; the default 1340 * behaviour -without specifying this flag- is to send single DELETED 1341 * and CREATED events). Deprecated since 2.46: use 1342 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES instead. 1343 */ 1344 SEND_MOVED = 2, 1345 /** 1346 * Watch for changes to the file made 1347 * via another hard link. Since 2.36. 1348 */ 1349 WATCH_HARD_LINKS = 4, 1350 /** 1351 * Watch for rename operations on a 1352 * monitored directory. This causes %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED, 1353 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN and %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT 1354 * events to be emitted when possible. Since: 2.46. 1355 */ 1356 WATCH_MOVES = 8, 1357 } 1358 alias GFileMonitorFlags FileMonitorFlags; 1359 1360 /** 1361 * Flags used when querying a #GFileInfo. 1362 */ 1363 public enum GFileQueryInfoFlags 1364 { 1365 /** 1366 * No flags set. 1367 */ 1368 NONE = 0, 1369 /** 1370 * Don't follow symlinks. 1371 */ 1372 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 1, 1373 } 1374 alias GFileQueryInfoFlags FileQueryInfoFlags; 1375 1376 /** 1377 * Indicates the file's on-disk type. 1378 * 1379 * On Windows systems a file will never have %G_FILE_TYPE_SYMBOLIC_LINK type; 1380 * use #GFileInfo and %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK to determine 1381 * whether a file is a symlink or not. This is due to the fact that NTFS does 1382 * not have a single filesystem object type for symbolic links - it has 1383 * files that symlink to files, and directories that symlink to directories. 1384 * #GFileType enumeration cannot precisely represent this important distinction, 1385 * which is why all Windows symlinks will continue to be reported as 1386 * %G_FILE_TYPE_REGULAR or %G_FILE_TYPE_DIRECTORY. 1387 */ 1388 public enum GFileType 1389 { 1390 /** 1391 * File's type is unknown. 1392 */ 1393 UNKNOWN = 0, 1394 /** 1395 * File handle represents a regular file. 1396 */ 1397 REGULAR = 1, 1398 /** 1399 * File handle represents a directory. 1400 */ 1401 DIRECTORY = 2, 1402 /** 1403 * File handle represents a symbolic link 1404 * (Unix systems). 1405 */ 1406 SYMBOLIC_LINK = 3, 1407 /** 1408 * File is a "special" file, such as a socket, fifo, 1409 * block device, or character device. 1410 */ 1411 SPECIAL = 4, 1412 /** 1413 * File is a shortcut (Windows systems). 1414 */ 1415 SHORTCUT = 5, 1416 /** 1417 * File is a mountable location. 1418 */ 1419 MOUNTABLE = 6, 1420 } 1421 alias GFileType FileType; 1422 1423 /** 1424 * Indicates a hint from the file system whether files should be 1425 * previewed in a file manager. Returned as the value of the key 1426 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW. 1427 */ 1428 public enum GFilesystemPreviewType 1429 { 1430 /** 1431 * Only preview files if user has explicitly requested it. 1432 */ 1433 IF_ALWAYS = 0, 1434 /** 1435 * Preview files if user has requested preview of "local" files. 1436 */ 1437 IF_LOCAL = 1, 1438 /** 1439 * Never preview files. 1440 */ 1441 NEVER = 2, 1442 } 1443 alias GFilesystemPreviewType FilesystemPreviewType; 1444 1445 /** 1446 * Error codes returned by GIO functions. 1447 * 1448 * Note that this domain may be extended in future GLib releases. In 1449 * general, new error codes either only apply to new APIs, or else 1450 * replace %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED in cases that were not explicitly 1451 * distinguished before. You should therefore avoid writing code like 1452 * |[<!-- language="C" --> 1453 * if (g_error_matches (error, G_IO_ERROR, G_IO_ERROR_FAILED)) 1454 * { 1455 * // Assume that this is EPRINTERONFIRE 1456 * ... 1457 * } 1458 * ]| 1459 * but should instead treat all unrecognized error codes the same as 1460 * %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. 1461 * 1462 * See also #GPollableReturn for a cheaper way of returning 1463 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK to callers without allocating a #GError. 1464 */ 1465 public enum GIOErrorEnum 1466 { 1467 /** 1468 * Generic error condition for when an operation fails 1469 * and no more specific #GIOErrorEnum value is defined. 1470 */ 1471 FAILED = 0, 1472 /** 1473 * File not found. 1474 */ 1475 NOT_FOUND = 1, 1476 /** 1477 * File already exists. 1478 */ 1479 EXISTS = 2, 1480 /** 1481 * File is a directory. 1482 */ 1483 IS_DIRECTORY = 3, 1484 /** 1485 * File is not a directory. 1486 */ 1487 NOT_DIRECTORY = 4, 1488 /** 1489 * File is a directory that isn't empty. 1490 */ 1491 NOT_EMPTY = 5, 1492 /** 1493 * File is not a regular file. 1494 */ 1495 NOT_REGULAR_FILE = 6, 1496 /** 1497 * File is not a symbolic link. 1498 */ 1499 NOT_SYMBOLIC_LINK = 7, 1500 /** 1501 * File cannot be mounted. 1502 */ 1503 NOT_MOUNTABLE_FILE = 8, 1504 /** 1505 * Filename is too many characters. 1506 */ 1507 FILENAME_TOO_LONG = 9, 1508 /** 1509 * Filename is invalid or contains invalid characters. 1510 */ 1511 INVALID_FILENAME = 10, 1512 /** 1513 * File contains too many symbolic links. 1514 */ 1515 TOO_MANY_LINKS = 11, 1516 /** 1517 * No space left on drive. 1518 */ 1519 NO_SPACE = 12, 1520 /** 1521 * Invalid argument. 1522 */ 1523 INVALID_ARGUMENT = 13, 1524 /** 1525 * Permission denied. 1526 */ 1527 PERMISSION_DENIED = 14, 1528 /** 1529 * Operation (or one of its parameters) not supported 1530 */ 1531 NOT_SUPPORTED = 15, 1532 /** 1533 * File isn't mounted. 1534 */ 1535 NOT_MOUNTED = 16, 1536 /** 1537 * File is already mounted. 1538 */ 1539 ALREADY_MOUNTED = 17, 1540 /** 1541 * File was closed. 1542 */ 1543 CLOSED = 18, 1544 /** 1545 * Operation was cancelled. See #GCancellable. 1546 */ 1547 CANCELLED = 19, 1548 /** 1549 * Operations are still pending. 1550 */ 1551 PENDING = 20, 1552 /** 1553 * File is read only. 1554 */ 1555 READ_ONLY = 21, 1556 /** 1557 * Backup couldn't be created. 1558 */ 1559 CANT_CREATE_BACKUP = 22, 1560 /** 1561 * File's Entity Tag was incorrect. 1562 */ 1563 WRONG_ETAG = 23, 1564 /** 1565 * Operation timed out. 1566 */ 1567 TIMED_OUT = 24, 1568 /** 1569 * Operation would be recursive. 1570 */ 1571 WOULD_RECURSE = 25, 1572 /** 1573 * File is busy. 1574 */ 1575 BUSY = 26, 1576 /** 1577 * Operation would block. 1578 */ 1579 WOULD_BLOCK = 27, 1580 /** 1581 * Host couldn't be found (remote operations). 1582 */ 1583 HOST_NOT_FOUND = 28, 1584 /** 1585 * Operation would merge files. 1586 */ 1587 WOULD_MERGE = 29, 1588 /** 1589 * Operation failed and a helper program has 1590 * already interacted with the user. Do not display any error dialog. 1591 */ 1592 FAILED_HANDLED = 30, 1593 /** 1594 * The current process has too many files 1595 * open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward 1596 * this limit. Since 2.20 1597 */ 1598 TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES = 31, 1599 /** 1600 * The object has not been initialized. Since 2.22 1601 */ 1602 NOT_INITIALIZED = 32, 1603 /** 1604 * The requested address is already in use. Since 2.22 1605 */ 1606 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 33, 1607 /** 1608 * Need more input to finish operation. Since 2.24 1609 */ 1610 PARTIAL_INPUT = 34, 1611 /** 1612 * The input data was invalid. Since 2.24 1613 */ 1614 INVALID_DATA = 35, 1615 /** 1616 * A remote object generated an error that 1617 * doesn't correspond to a locally registered #GError error 1618 * domain. Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to extract the D-Bus 1619 * error name and g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() to fix up the 1620 * message so it matches what was received on the wire. Since 2.26. 1621 */ 1622 DBUS_ERROR = 36, 1623 /** 1624 * Host unreachable. Since 2.26 1625 */ 1626 HOST_UNREACHABLE = 37, 1627 /** 1628 * Network unreachable. Since 2.26 1629 */ 1630 NETWORK_UNREACHABLE = 38, 1631 /** 1632 * Connection refused. Since 2.26 1633 */ 1634 CONNECTION_REFUSED = 39, 1635 /** 1636 * Connection to proxy server failed. Since 2.26 1637 */ 1638 PROXY_FAILED = 40, 1639 /** 1640 * Proxy authentication failed. Since 2.26 1641 */ 1642 PROXY_AUTH_FAILED = 41, 1643 /** 1644 * Proxy server needs authentication. Since 2.26 1645 */ 1646 PROXY_NEED_AUTH = 42, 1647 /** 1648 * Proxy connection is not allowed by ruleset. 1649 * Since 2.26 1650 */ 1651 PROXY_NOT_ALLOWED = 43, 1652 /** 1653 * Broken pipe. Since 2.36 1654 */ 1655 BROKEN_PIPE = 44, 1656 /** 1657 * Connection closed by peer. Note that this 1658 * is the same code as %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE; before 2.44 some 1659 * "connection closed" errors returned %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE, but others 1660 * returned %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. Now they should all return the same 1661 * value, which has this more logical name. Since 2.44. 1662 */ 1663 CONNECTION_CLOSED = 44, 1664 /** 1665 * Transport endpoint is not connected. Since 2.44 1666 */ 1667 NOT_CONNECTED = 45, 1668 /** 1669 * Message too large. Since 2.48. 1670 */ 1671 MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 46, 1672 } 1673 alias GIOErrorEnum IOErrorEnum; 1674 1675 /** 1676 * Flags for use with g_io_module_scope_new(). 1677 * 1678 * Since: 2.30 1679 */ 1680 public enum GIOModuleScopeFlags 1681 { 1682 /** 1683 * No module scan flags 1684 */ 1685 NONE = 0, 1686 /** 1687 * When using this scope to load or 1688 * scan modules, automatically block a modules which has the same base 1689 * basename as previously loaded module. 1690 */ 1691 BLOCK_DUPLICATES = 1, 1692 } 1693 alias GIOModuleScopeFlags IOModuleScopeFlags; 1694 1695 /** 1696 * GIOStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1697 * 1698 * Since: 2.28 1699 */ 1700 public enum GIOStreamSpliceFlags 1701 { 1702 /** 1703 * Do not close either stream. 1704 */ 1705 NONE = 0, 1706 /** 1707 * Close the first stream after 1708 * the splice. 1709 */ 1710 CLOSE_STREAM1 = 1, 1711 /** 1712 * Close the second stream after 1713 * the splice. 1714 */ 1715 CLOSE_STREAM2 = 2, 1716 /** 1717 * Wait for both splice operations to finish 1718 * before calling the callback. 1719 */ 1720 WAIT_FOR_BOTH = 4, 1721 } 1722 alias GIOStreamSpliceFlags IOStreamSpliceFlags; 1723 1724 /** 1725 * Memory availability warning levels. 1726 * 1727 * Note that because new values might be added, it is recommended that applications check 1728 * #GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel as ranges, for example: 1729 * |[<!-- language="C" --> 1730 * if (warning_level > G_MEMORY_MONITOR_WARNING_LEVEL_LOW) 1731 * drop_caches (); 1732 * ]| 1733 * 1734 * Since: 2.64 1735 */ 1736 public enum GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel 1737 { 1738 /** 1739 * Memory on the device is low, processes 1740 * should free up unneeded resources (for example, in-memory caches) so they can 1741 * be used elsewhere. 1742 */ 1743 LOW = 50, 1744 /** 1745 * Same as @G_MEMORY_MONITOR_WARNING_LEVEL_LOW 1746 * but the device has even less free memory, so processes should try harder to free 1747 * up unneeded resources. If your process does not need to stay running, it is a 1748 * good time for it to quit. 1749 */ 1750 MEDIUM = 100, 1751 /** 1752 * The system will soon start terminating 1753 * processes to reclaim memory, including background processes. 1754 */ 1755 CRITICAL = 255, 1756 } 1757 alias GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel MemoryMonitorWarningLevel; 1758 1759 /** 1760 * Flags used when mounting a mount. 1761 */ 1762 public enum GMountMountFlags 1763 { 1764 /** 1765 * No flags set. 1766 */ 1767 NONE = 0, 1768 } 1769 alias GMountMountFlags MountMountFlags; 1770 1771 /** 1772 * #GMountOperationResult is returned as a result when a request for 1773 * information is send by the mounting operation. 1774 */ 1775 public enum GMountOperationResult 1776 { 1777 /** 1778 * The request was fulfilled and the 1779 * user specified data is now available 1780 */ 1781 HANDLED = 0, 1782 /** 1783 * The user requested the mount operation 1784 * to be aborted 1785 */ 1786 ABORTED = 1, 1787 /** 1788 * The request was unhandled (i.e. not 1789 * implemented) 1790 */ 1791 UNHANDLED = 2, 1792 } 1793 alias GMountOperationResult MountOperationResult; 1794 1795 /** 1796 * Flags used when an unmounting a mount. 1797 */ 1798 public enum GMountUnmountFlags 1799 { 1800 /** 1801 * No flags set. 1802 */ 1803 NONE = 0, 1804 /** 1805 * Unmount even if there are outstanding 1806 * file operations on the mount. 1807 */ 1808 FORCE = 1, 1809 } 1810 alias GMountUnmountFlags MountUnmountFlags; 1811 1812 /** 1813 * The host's network connectivity state, as reported by #GNetworkMonitor. 1814 * 1815 * Since: 2.44 1816 */ 1817 public enum GNetworkConnectivity 1818 { 1819 /** 1820 * The host is not configured with a 1821 * route to the Internet; it may or may not be connected to a local 1822 * network. 1823 */ 1824 LOCAL = 1, 1825 /** 1826 * The host is connected to a network, but 1827 * does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet, perhaps 1828 * due to upstream network problems. 1829 */ 1830 LIMITED = 2, 1831 /** 1832 * The host is behind a captive portal and 1833 * cannot reach the full Internet. 1834 */ 1835 PORTAL = 3, 1836 /** 1837 * The host is connected to a network, and 1838 * appears to be able to reach the full Internet. 1839 */ 1840 FULL = 4, 1841 } 1842 alias GNetworkConnectivity NetworkConnectivity; 1843 1844 /** 1845 * Priority levels for #GNotifications. 1846 * 1847 * Since: 2.42 1848 */ 1849 public enum GNotificationPriority 1850 { 1851 /** 1852 * the default priority, to be used for the 1853 * majority of notifications (for example email messages, software updates, 1854 * completed download/sync operations) 1855 */ 1856 NORMAL = 0, 1857 /** 1858 * for notifications that do not require 1859 * immediate attention - typically used for contextual background 1860 * information, such as contact birthdays or local weather 1861 */ 1862 LOW = 1, 1863 /** 1864 * for events that require more attention, 1865 * usually because responses are time-sensitive (for example chat and SMS 1866 * messages or alarms) 1867 */ 1868 HIGH = 2, 1869 /** 1870 * for urgent notifications, or notifications 1871 * that require a response in a short space of time (for example phone calls 1872 * or emergency warnings) 1873 */ 1874 URGENT = 3, 1875 } 1876 alias GNotificationPriority NotificationPriority; 1877 1878 /** 1879 * GOutputStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1880 */ 1881 public enum GOutputStreamSpliceFlags 1882 { 1883 /** 1884 * Do not close either stream. 1885 */ 1886 NONE = 0, 1887 /** 1888 * Close the source stream after 1889 * the splice. 1890 */ 1891 CLOSE_SOURCE = 1, 1892 /** 1893 * Close the target stream after 1894 * the splice. 1895 */ 1896 CLOSE_TARGET = 2, 1897 } 1898 alias GOutputStreamSpliceFlags OutputStreamSpliceFlags; 1899 1900 /** 1901 * #GPasswordSave is used to indicate the lifespan of a saved password. 1902 * 1903 * #Gvfs stores passwords in the Gnome keyring when this flag allows it 1904 * to, and later retrieves it again from there. 1905 */ 1906 public enum GPasswordSave 1907 { 1908 /** 1909 * never save a password. 1910 */ 1911 NEVER = 0, 1912 /** 1913 * save a password for the session. 1914 */ 1915 FOR_SESSION = 1, 1916 /** 1917 * save a password permanently. 1918 */ 1919 PERMANENTLY = 2, 1920 } 1921 alias GPasswordSave PasswordSave; 1922 1923 /** 1924 * Return value for various IO operations that signal errors via the 1925 * return value and not necessarily via a #GError. 1926 * 1927 * This enum exists to be able to return errors to callers without having to 1928 * allocate a #GError. Allocating #GErrors can be quite expensive for 1929 * regularly happening errors like %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. 1930 * 1931 * In case of %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_FAILED a #GError should be set for the 1932 * operation to give details about the error that happened. 1933 * 1934 * Since: 2.60 1935 */ 1936 public enum GPollableReturn 1937 { 1938 /** 1939 * Generic error condition for when an operation fails. 1940 */ 1941 FAILED = 0, 1942 /** 1943 * The operation was successfully finished. 1944 */ 1945 OK = 1, 1946 /** 1947 * The operation would block. 1948 */ 1949 WOULD_BLOCK = -27, 1950 } 1951 alias GPollableReturn PollableReturn; 1952 1953 /** 1954 * An error code used with %G_RESOLVER_ERROR in a #GError returned 1955 * from a #GResolver routine. 1956 * 1957 * Since: 2.22 1958 */ 1959 public enum GResolverError 1960 { 1961 /** 1962 * the requested name/address/service was not 1963 * found 1964 */ 1965 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1966 /** 1967 * the requested information could not 1968 * be looked up due to a network error or similar problem 1969 */ 1970 TEMPORARY_FAILURE = 1, 1971 /** 1972 * unknown error 1973 */ 1974 INTERNAL = 2, 1975 } 1976 alias GResolverError ResolverError; 1977 1978 /** 1979 * Flags to modify lookup behavior. 1980 * 1981 * Since: 2.60 1982 */ 1983 public enum GResolverNameLookupFlags 1984 { 1985 /** 1986 * default behavior (same as g_resolver_lookup_by_name()) 1987 */ 1988 DEFAULT = 0, 1989 /** 1990 * only resolve ipv4 addresses 1991 */ 1992 IPV4_ONLY = 1, 1993 /** 1994 * only resolve ipv6 addresses 1995 */ 1996 IPV6_ONLY = 2, 1997 } 1998 alias GResolverNameLookupFlags ResolverNameLookupFlags; 1999 2000 /** 2001 * The type of record that g_resolver_lookup_records() or 2002 * g_resolver_lookup_records_async() should retrieve. The records are returned 2003 * as lists of #GVariant tuples. Each record type has different values in 2004 * the variant tuples returned. 2005 * 2006 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SRV records are returned as variants with the signature 2007 * `(qqqs)`, containing a `guint16` with the priority, a `guint16` with the 2008 * weight, a `guint16` with the port, and a string of the hostname. 2009 * 2010 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_MX records are returned as variants with the signature 2011 * `(qs)`, representing a `guint16` with the preference, and a string containing 2012 * the mail exchanger hostname. 2013 * 2014 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_TXT records are returned as variants with the signature 2015 * `(as)`, representing an array of the strings in the text record. Note: Most TXT 2016 * records only contain a single string, but 2017 * [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035#section-3.3.14) does allow a 2018 * record to contain multiple strings. The RFC which defines the interpretation 2019 * of a specific TXT record will likely require concatenation of multiple 2020 * strings if they are present, as with 2021 * [RFC 7208](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7208#section-3.3). 2022 * 2023 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SOA records are returned as variants with the signature 2024 * `(ssuuuuu)`, representing a string containing the primary name server, a 2025 * string containing the administrator, the serial as a `guint32`, the refresh 2026 * interval as a `guint32`, the retry interval as a `guint32`, the expire timeout 2027 * as a `guint32`, and the TTL as a `guint32`. 2028 * 2029 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_NS records are returned as variants with the signature 2030 * `(s)`, representing a string of the hostname of the name server. 2031 * 2032 * Since: 2.34 2033 */ 2034 public enum GResolverRecordType 2035 { 2036 /** 2037 * look up DNS SRV records for a domain 2038 */ 2039 SRV = 1, 2040 /** 2041 * look up DNS MX records for a domain 2042 */ 2043 MX = 2, 2044 /** 2045 * look up DNS TXT records for a name 2046 */ 2047 TXT = 3, 2048 /** 2049 * look up DNS SOA records for a zone 2050 */ 2051 SOA = 4, 2052 /** 2053 * look up DNS NS records for a domain 2054 */ 2055 NS = 5, 2056 } 2057 alias GResolverRecordType ResolverRecordType; 2058 2059 /** 2060 * An error code used with %G_RESOURCE_ERROR in a #GError returned 2061 * from a #GResource routine. 2062 * 2063 * Since: 2.32 2064 */ 2065 public enum GResourceError 2066 { 2067 /** 2068 * no file was found at the requested path 2069 */ 2070 NOT_FOUND = 0, 2071 /** 2072 * unknown error 2073 */ 2074 INTERNAL = 1, 2075 } 2076 alias GResourceError ResourceError; 2077 2078 /** 2079 * GResourceFlags give information about a particular file inside a resource 2080 * bundle. 2081 * 2082 * Since: 2.32 2083 */ 2084 public enum GResourceFlags 2085 { 2086 /** 2087 * No flags set. 2088 */ 2089 NONE = 0, 2090 /** 2091 * The file is compressed. 2092 */ 2093 COMPRESSED = 1, 2094 } 2095 alias GResourceFlags ResourceFlags; 2096 2097 /** 2098 * GResourceLookupFlags determine how resource path lookups are handled. 2099 * 2100 * Since: 2.32 2101 */ 2102 public enum GResourceLookupFlags 2103 { 2104 /** 2105 * No flags set. 2106 */ 2107 NONE = 0, 2108 } 2109 alias GResourceLookupFlags ResourceLookupFlags; 2110 2111 /** 2112 * Flags used when creating a binding. These flags determine in which 2113 * direction the binding works. The default is to synchronize in both 2114 * directions. 2115 */ 2116 public enum GSettingsBindFlags 2117 { 2118 /** 2119 * Equivalent to `G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET|G_SETTINGS_BIND_SET` 2120 */ 2121 DEFAULT = 0, 2122 /** 2123 * Update the #GObject property when the setting changes. 2124 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not writable. 2125 */ 2126 GET = 1, 2127 /** 2128 * Update the setting when the #GObject property changes. 2129 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not readable. 2130 */ 2131 SET = 2, 2132 /** 2133 * Do not try to bind a "sensitivity" property to the writability of the setting 2134 */ 2135 NO_SENSITIVITY = 4, 2136 /** 2137 * When set in addition to %G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET, set the #GObject property 2138 * value initially from the setting, but do not listen for changes of the setting 2139 */ 2140 GET_NO_CHANGES = 8, 2141 /** 2142 * When passed to g_settings_bind(), uses a pair of mapping functions that invert 2143 * the boolean value when mapping between the setting and the property. The setting and property must both 2144 * be booleans. You cannot pass this flag to g_settings_bind_with_mapping(). 2145 */ 2146 INVERT_BOOLEAN = 16, 2147 } 2148 alias GSettingsBindFlags SettingsBindFlags; 2149 2150 /** 2151 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketClient. See the 2152 * #GSocketClient::event signal for more details. 2153 * 2154 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2155 * 2156 * Since: 2.32 2157 */ 2158 public enum GSocketClientEvent 2159 { 2160 /** 2161 * The client is doing a DNS lookup. 2162 */ 2163 RESOLVING = 0, 2164 /** 2165 * The client has completed a DNS lookup. 2166 */ 2167 RESOLVED = 1, 2168 /** 2169 * The client is connecting to a remote 2170 * host (either a proxy or the destination server). 2171 */ 2172 CONNECTING = 2, 2173 /** 2174 * The client has connected to a remote 2175 * host. 2176 */ 2177 CONNECTED = 3, 2178 /** 2179 * The client is negotiating 2180 * with a proxy to connect to the destination server. 2181 */ 2182 PROXY_NEGOTIATING = 4, 2183 /** 2184 * The client has negotiated 2185 * with the proxy server. 2186 */ 2187 PROXY_NEGOTIATED = 5, 2188 /** 2189 * The client is performing a 2190 * TLS handshake. 2191 */ 2192 TLS_HANDSHAKING = 6, 2193 /** 2194 * The client has performed a 2195 * TLS handshake. 2196 */ 2197 TLS_HANDSHAKED = 7, 2198 /** 2199 * The client is done with a particular 2200 * #GSocketConnectable. 2201 */ 2202 COMPLETE = 8, 2203 } 2204 alias GSocketClientEvent SocketClientEvent; 2205 2206 /** 2207 * The protocol family of a #GSocketAddress. (These values are 2208 * identical to the system defines %AF_INET, %AF_INET6 and %AF_UNIX, 2209 * if available.) 2210 * 2211 * Since: 2.22 2212 */ 2213 public enum GSocketFamily 2214 { 2215 /** 2216 * no address family 2217 */ 2218 INVALID = 0, 2219 /** 2220 * the UNIX domain family 2221 */ 2222 UNIX = 1, 2223 /** 2224 * the IPv4 family 2225 */ 2226 IPV4 = 2, 2227 /** 2228 * the IPv6 family 2229 */ 2230 IPV6 = 10, 2231 } 2232 alias GSocketFamily SocketFamily; 2233 2234 /** 2235 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketListener. See the 2236 * #GSocketListener::event signal for more details. 2237 * 2238 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2239 * 2240 * Since: 2.46 2241 */ 2242 public enum GSocketListenerEvent 2243 { 2244 /** 2245 * The listener is about to bind a socket. 2246 */ 2247 BINDING = 0, 2248 /** 2249 * The listener has bound a socket. 2250 */ 2251 BOUND = 1, 2252 /** 2253 * The listener is about to start 2254 * listening on this socket. 2255 */ 2256 LISTENING = 2, 2257 /** 2258 * The listener is now listening on 2259 * this socket. 2260 */ 2261 LISTENED = 3, 2262 } 2263 alias GSocketListenerEvent SocketListenerEvent; 2264 2265 /** 2266 * Flags used in g_socket_receive_message() and g_socket_send_message(). 2267 * The flags listed in the enum are some commonly available flags, but the 2268 * values used for them are the same as on the platform, and any other flags 2269 * are passed in/out as is. So to use a platform specific flag, just include 2270 * the right system header and pass in the flag. 2271 * 2272 * Since: 2.22 2273 */ 2274 public enum GSocketMsgFlags 2275 { 2276 /** 2277 * No flags. 2278 */ 2279 NONE = 0, 2280 /** 2281 * Request to send/receive out of band data. 2282 */ 2283 OOB = 1, 2284 /** 2285 * Read data from the socket without removing it from 2286 * the queue. 2287 */ 2288 PEEK = 2, 2289 /** 2290 * Don't use a gateway to send out the packet, 2291 * only send to hosts on directly connected networks. 2292 */ 2293 DONTROUTE = 4, 2294 } 2295 alias GSocketMsgFlags SocketMsgFlags; 2296 2297 /** 2298 * A protocol identifier is specified when creating a #GSocket, which is a 2299 * family/type specific identifier, where 0 means the default protocol for 2300 * the particular family/type. 2301 * 2302 * This enum contains a set of commonly available and used protocols. You 2303 * can also pass any other identifiers handled by the platform in order to 2304 * use protocols not listed here. 2305 * 2306 * Since: 2.22 2307 */ 2308 public enum GSocketProtocol 2309 { 2310 /** 2311 * The protocol type is unknown 2312 */ 2313 UNKNOWN = -1, 2314 /** 2315 * The default protocol for the family/type 2316 */ 2317 DEFAULT = 0, 2318 /** 2319 * TCP over IP 2320 */ 2321 TCP = 6, 2322 /** 2323 * UDP over IP 2324 */ 2325 UDP = 17, 2326 /** 2327 * SCTP over IP 2328 */ 2329 SCTP = 132, 2330 } 2331 alias GSocketProtocol SocketProtocol; 2332 2333 /** 2334 * Flags used when creating a #GSocket. Some protocols may not implement 2335 * all the socket types. 2336 * 2337 * Since: 2.22 2338 */ 2339 public enum GSocketType 2340 { 2341 /** 2342 * Type unknown or wrong 2343 */ 2344 INVALID = 0, 2345 /** 2346 * Reliable connection-based byte streams (e.g. TCP). 2347 */ 2348 STREAM = 1, 2349 /** 2350 * Connectionless, unreliable datagram passing. 2351 * (e.g. UDP) 2352 */ 2353 DATAGRAM = 2, 2354 /** 2355 * Reliable connection-based passing of datagrams 2356 * of fixed maximum length (e.g. SCTP). 2357 */ 2358 SEQPACKET = 3, 2359 } 2360 alias GSocketType SocketType; 2361 2362 /** 2363 * Flags to define the behaviour of a #GSubprocess. 2364 * 2365 * Note that the default for stdin is to redirect from `/dev/null`. For 2366 * stdout and stderr the default are for them to inherit the 2367 * corresponding descriptor from the calling process. 2368 * 2369 * Note that it is a programmer error to mix 'incompatible' flags. For 2370 * example, you may not request both %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE and 2371 * %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_SILENCE. 2372 * 2373 * Since: 2.40 2374 */ 2375 public enum GSubprocessFlags 2376 { 2377 /** 2378 * No flags. 2379 */ 2380 NONE = 0, 2381 /** 2382 * create a pipe for the stdin of the 2383 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2384 * g_subprocess_get_stdin_pipe(). 2385 */ 2386 STDIN_PIPE = 1, 2387 /** 2388 * stdin is inherited from the 2389 * calling process. 2390 */ 2391 STDIN_INHERIT = 2, 2392 /** 2393 * create a pipe for the stdout of the 2394 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2395 * g_subprocess_get_stdout_pipe(). 2396 */ 2397 STDOUT_PIPE = 4, 2398 /** 2399 * silence the stdout of the spawned 2400 * process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). 2401 */ 2402 STDOUT_SILENCE = 8, 2403 /** 2404 * create a pipe for the stderr of the 2405 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2406 * g_subprocess_get_stderr_pipe(). 2407 */ 2408 STDERR_PIPE = 16, 2409 /** 2410 * silence the stderr of the spawned 2411 * process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). 2412 */ 2413 STDERR_SILENCE = 32, 2414 /** 2415 * merge the stderr of the spawned 2416 * process with whatever the stdout happens to be. This is a good way 2417 * of directing both streams to a common log file, for example. 2418 */ 2419 STDERR_MERGE = 64, 2420 /** 2421 * spawned processes will inherit the 2422 * file descriptors of their parent, unless those descriptors have 2423 * been explicitly marked as close-on-exec. This flag has no effect 2424 * over the "standard" file descriptors (stdin, stdout, stderr). 2425 */ 2426 INHERIT_FDS = 128, 2427 /** 2428 * if path searching is 2429 * needed when spawning the subprocess, use the `PATH` in the launcher 2430 * environment. (Since: 2.72) 2431 */ 2432 SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP = 256, 2433 } 2434 alias GSubprocessFlags SubprocessFlags; 2435 2436 /** 2437 * Flags to define future #GTestDBus behaviour. 2438 * 2439 * Since: 2.34 2440 */ 2441 public enum GTestDBusFlags 2442 { 2443 /** 2444 * No flags. 2445 */ 2446 NONE = 0, 2447 } 2448 alias GTestDBusFlags TestDBusFlags; 2449 2450 /** 2451 * The client authentication mode for a #GTlsServerConnection. 2452 * 2453 * Since: 2.28 2454 */ 2455 public enum GTlsAuthenticationMode 2456 { 2457 /** 2458 * client authentication not required 2459 */ 2460 NONE = 0, 2461 /** 2462 * client authentication is requested 2463 */ 2464 REQUESTED = 1, 2465 /** 2466 * client authentication is required 2467 */ 2468 REQUIRED = 2, 2469 } 2470 alias GTlsAuthenticationMode TlsAuthenticationMode; 2471 2472 /** 2473 * A set of flags describing TLS certification validation. This can be 2474 * used to describe why a particular certificate was rejected (for 2475 * example, in #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate). 2476 * 2477 * GLib guarantees that if certificate verification fails, at least one 2478 * flag will be set, but it does not guarantee that all possible flags 2479 * will be set. Accordingly, you may not safely decide to ignore any 2480 * particular type of error. For example, it would be incorrect to mask 2481 * %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED if you want to allow expired certificates, 2482 * because this could potentially be the only error flag set even if 2483 * other problems exist with the certificate. 2484 * 2485 * Since: 2.28 2486 */ 2487 public enum GTlsCertificateFlags 2488 { 2489 /** 2490 * The signing certificate authority is 2491 * not known. 2492 */ 2493 UNKNOWN_CA = 1, 2494 /** 2495 * The certificate does not match the 2496 * expected identity of the site that it was retrieved from. 2497 */ 2498 BAD_IDENTITY = 2, 2499 /** 2500 * The certificate's activation time 2501 * is still in the future 2502 */ 2503 NOT_ACTIVATED = 4, 2504 /** 2505 * The certificate has expired 2506 */ 2507 EXPIRED = 8, 2508 /** 2509 * The certificate has been revoked 2510 * according to the #GTlsConnection's certificate revocation list. 2511 */ 2512 REVOKED = 16, 2513 /** 2514 * The certificate's algorithm is 2515 * considered insecure. 2516 */ 2517 INSECURE = 32, 2518 /** 2519 * Some other error occurred validating 2520 * the certificate 2521 */ 2522 GENERIC_ERROR = 64, 2523 /** 2524 * the combination of all of the above 2525 * flags 2526 */ 2527 VALIDATE_ALL = 127, 2528 } 2529 alias GTlsCertificateFlags TlsCertificateFlags; 2530 2531 /** 2532 * Flags for g_tls_interaction_request_certificate(), 2533 * g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async(), and 2534 * g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate(). 2535 * 2536 * Since: 2.40 2537 */ 2538 public enum GTlsCertificateRequestFlags 2539 { 2540 /** 2541 * No flags 2542 */ 2543 NONE = 0, 2544 } 2545 alias GTlsCertificateRequestFlags TlsCertificateRequestFlags; 2546 2547 /** 2548 * An error code used with %G_TLS_CHANNEL_BINDING_ERROR in a #GError to 2549 * indicate a TLS channel binding retrieval error. 2550 * 2551 * Since: 2.66 2552 */ 2553 public enum GTlsChannelBindingError 2554 { 2555 /** 2556 * Either entire binding 2557 * retrieval facility or specific binding type is not implemented in the 2558 * TLS backend. 2559 */ 2560 NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 0, 2561 /** 2562 * The handshake is not yet 2563 * complete on the connection which is a strong requirement for any existing 2564 * binding type. 2565 */ 2566 INVALID_STATE = 1, 2567 /** 2568 * Handshake is complete but 2569 * binding data is not available. That normally indicates the TLS 2570 * implementation failed to provide the binding data. For example, some 2571 * implementations do not provide a peer certificate for resumed connections. 2572 */ 2573 NOT_AVAILABLE = 2, 2574 /** 2575 * Binding type is not supported 2576 * on the current connection. This error could be triggered when requesting 2577 * `tls-server-end-point` binding data for a certificate which has no hash 2578 * function or uses multiple hash functions. 2579 */ 2580 NOT_SUPPORTED = 3, 2581 /** 2582 * Any other backend error 2583 * preventing binding data retrieval. 2584 */ 2585 GENERAL_ERROR = 4, 2586 } 2587 alias GTlsChannelBindingError TlsChannelBindingError; 2588 2589 /** 2590 * The type of TLS channel binding data to retrieve from #GTlsConnection 2591 * or #GDtlsConnection, as documented by RFC 5929. The 2592 * [`tls-unique-for-telnet`](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-5) 2593 * binding type is not currently implemented. 2594 * 2595 * Since: 2.66 2596 */ 2597 public enum GTlsChannelBindingType 2598 { 2599 /** 2600 * [`tls-unique`](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3) binding 2601 * type 2602 */ 2603 UNIQUE = 0, 2604 /** 2605 * [`tls-server-end-point`](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-4) 2606 * binding type 2607 */ 2608 SERVER_END_POINT = 1, 2609 } 2610 alias GTlsChannelBindingType TlsChannelBindingType; 2611 2612 /** 2613 * Flags for g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle(), 2614 * g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer(), 2615 * and g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by(). 2616 * 2617 * Since: 2.30 2618 */ 2619 public enum GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags 2620 { 2621 /** 2622 * No lookup flags 2623 */ 2624 NONE = 0, 2625 /** 2626 * Restrict lookup to certificates that have 2627 * a private key. 2628 */ 2629 KEYPAIR = 1, 2630 } 2631 alias GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags TlsDatabaseLookupFlags; 2632 2633 /** 2634 * Flags for g_tls_database_verify_chain(). 2635 * 2636 * Since: 2.30 2637 */ 2638 public enum GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags 2639 { 2640 /** 2641 * No verification flags 2642 */ 2643 NONE = 0, 2644 } 2645 alias GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags TlsDatabaseVerifyFlags; 2646 2647 /** 2648 * An error code used with %G_TLS_ERROR in a #GError returned from a 2649 * TLS-related routine. 2650 * 2651 * Since: 2.28 2652 */ 2653 public enum GTlsError 2654 { 2655 /** 2656 * No TLS provider is available 2657 */ 2658 UNAVAILABLE = 0, 2659 /** 2660 * Miscellaneous TLS error 2661 */ 2662 MISC = 1, 2663 /** 2664 * The certificate presented could not 2665 * be parsed or failed validation. 2666 */ 2667 BAD_CERTIFICATE = 2, 2668 /** 2669 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2670 * peer does not seem to be a TLS server. 2671 */ 2672 NOT_TLS = 3, 2673 /** 2674 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2675 * peer's certificate was not acceptable. 2676 */ 2677 HANDSHAKE = 4, 2678 /** 2679 * The TLS handshake failed because 2680 * the server requested a client-side certificate, but none was 2681 * provided. See g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). 2682 */ 2683 CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED = 5, 2684 /** 2685 * The TLS connection was closed without proper 2686 * notice, which may indicate an attack. See 2687 * g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). 2688 */ 2689 EOF = 6, 2690 /** 2691 * The TLS handshake failed 2692 * because the client sent the fallback SCSV, indicating a protocol 2693 * downgrade attack. Since: 2.60 2694 */ 2695 INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK = 7, 2696 /** 2697 * The certificate failed 2698 * to load because a password was incorrect. Since: 2.72 2699 */ 2700 BAD_CERTIFICATE_PASSWORD = 8, 2701 } 2702 alias GTlsError TlsError; 2703 2704 /** 2705 * #GTlsInteractionResult is returned by various functions in #GTlsInteraction 2706 * when finishing an interaction request. 2707 * 2708 * Since: 2.30 2709 */ 2710 public enum GTlsInteractionResult 2711 { 2712 /** 2713 * The interaction was unhandled (i.e. not 2714 * implemented). 2715 */ 2716 UNHANDLED = 0, 2717 /** 2718 * The interaction completed, and resulting data 2719 * is available. 2720 */ 2721 HANDLED = 1, 2722 /** 2723 * The interaction has failed, or was cancelled. 2724 * and the operation should be aborted. 2725 */ 2726 FAILED = 2, 2727 } 2728 alias GTlsInteractionResult TlsInteractionResult; 2729 2730 /** 2731 * Various flags for the password. 2732 * 2733 * Since: 2.30 2734 */ 2735 public enum GTlsPasswordFlags 2736 { 2737 /** 2738 * No flags 2739 */ 2740 NONE = 0, 2741 /** 2742 * The password was wrong, and the user should retry. 2743 */ 2744 RETRY = 2, 2745 /** 2746 * Hint to the user that the password has been 2747 * wrong many times, and the user may not have many chances left. 2748 */ 2749 MANY_TRIES = 4, 2750 /** 2751 * Hint to the user that this is the last try to get 2752 * this password right. 2753 */ 2754 FINAL_TRY = 8, 2755 /** 2756 * For PKCS #11, the user PIN is required. 2757 * Since: 2.70. 2758 */ 2759 PKCS11_USER = 16, 2760 /** 2761 * For PKCS #11, the security officer 2762 * PIN is required. Since: 2.70. 2763 */ 2764 PKCS11_SECURITY_OFFICER = 32, 2765 /** 2766 * For PKCS #11, the context-specific 2767 * PIN is required. Since: 2.70. 2768 */ 2769 PKCS11_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC = 64, 2770 } 2771 alias GTlsPasswordFlags TlsPasswordFlags; 2772 2773 /** 2774 * The TLS or DTLS protocol version used by a #GTlsConnection or 2775 * #GDtlsConnection. The integer values of these versions are sequential 2776 * to ensure newer known protocol versions compare greater than older 2777 * known versions. Any known DTLS protocol version will compare greater 2778 * than any SSL or TLS protocol version. The protocol version may be 2779 * %G_TLS_PROTOCOL_VERSION_UNKNOWN if the TLS backend supports a newer 2780 * protocol version that GLib does not yet know about. This means that 2781 * it's possible for an unknown DTLS protocol version to compare less 2782 * than the TLS protocol versions. 2783 * 2784 * Since: 2.70 2785 */ 2786 public enum GTlsProtocolVersion 2787 { 2788 /** 2789 * No protocol version or unknown protocol version 2790 */ 2791 UNKNOWN = 0, 2792 /** 2793 * SSL 3.0, which is insecure and should not be used 2794 */ 2795 SSL_3_0 = 1, 2796 /** 2797 * TLS 1.0, which is insecure and should not be used 2798 */ 2799 TLS_1_0 = 2, 2800 /** 2801 * TLS 1.1, which is insecure and should not be used 2802 */ 2803 TLS_1_1 = 3, 2804 /** 2805 * TLS 1.2, defined by [RFC 5246](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5246) 2806 */ 2807 TLS_1_2 = 4, 2808 /** 2809 * TLS 1.3, defined by [RFC 8446](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8446) 2810 */ 2811 TLS_1_3 = 5, 2812 /** 2813 * DTLS 1.0, which is insecure and should not be used 2814 */ 2815 DTLS_1_0 = 201, 2816 /** 2817 * DTLS 1.2, defined by [RFC 6347](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6347) 2818 */ 2819 DTLS_1_2 = 202, 2820 } 2821 alias GTlsProtocolVersion TlsProtocolVersion; 2822 2823 /** 2824 * When to allow rehandshaking. See 2825 * g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). 2826 * 2827 * Deprecated: Changing the rehandshake mode is no longer 2828 * required for compatibility. Also, rehandshaking has been removed 2829 * from the TLS protocol in TLS 1.3. 2830 * 2831 * Since: 2.28 2832 */ 2833 public enum GTlsRehandshakeMode 2834 { 2835 /** 2836 * Never allow rehandshaking 2837 */ 2838 NEVER = 0, 2839 /** 2840 * Allow safe rehandshaking only 2841 */ 2842 SAFELY = 1, 2843 /** 2844 * Allow unsafe rehandshaking 2845 */ 2846 UNSAFELY = 2, 2847 } 2848 alias GTlsRehandshakeMode TlsRehandshakeMode; 2849 2850 /** 2851 * The type of name used by a #GUnixSocketAddress. 2852 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH indicates a traditional unix domain 2853 * socket bound to a filesystem path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS 2854 * indicates a socket not bound to any name (eg, a client-side socket, 2855 * or a socket created with socketpair()). 2856 * 2857 * For abstract sockets, there are two incompatible ways of naming 2858 * them; the man pages suggest using the entire `struct sockaddr_un` 2859 * as the name, padding the unused parts of the %sun_path field with 2860 * zeroes; this corresponds to %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED. 2861 * However, many programs instead just use a portion of %sun_path, and 2862 * pass an appropriate smaller length to bind() or connect(). This is 2863 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT. 2864 * 2865 * Since: 2.26 2866 */ 2867 public enum GUnixSocketAddressType 2868 { 2869 /** 2870 * invalid 2871 */ 2872 INVALID = 0, 2873 /** 2874 * anonymous 2875 */ 2876 ANONYMOUS = 1, 2877 /** 2878 * a filesystem path 2879 */ 2880 PATH = 2, 2881 /** 2882 * an abstract name 2883 */ 2884 ABSTRACT = 3, 2885 /** 2886 * an abstract name, 0-padded 2887 * to the full length of a unix socket name 2888 */ 2889 ABSTRACT_PADDED = 4, 2890 } 2891 alias GUnixSocketAddressType UnixSocketAddressType; 2892 2893 /** 2894 * Used to select the type of data format to use for #GZlibDecompressor 2895 * and #GZlibCompressor. 2896 * 2897 * Since: 2.24 2898 */ 2899 public enum GZlibCompressorFormat 2900 { 2901 /** 2902 * deflate compression with zlib header 2903 */ 2904 ZLIB = 0, 2905 /** 2906 * gzip file format 2907 */ 2908 GZIP = 1, 2909 /** 2910 * deflate compression with no header 2911 */ 2912 RAW = 2, 2913 } 2914 alias GZlibCompressorFormat ZlibCompressorFormat; 2915 2916 struct GAction; 2917 2918 /** 2919 * This struct defines a single action. It is for use with 2920 * g_action_map_add_action_entries(). 2921 * 2922 * The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect 2923 * frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser 2924 * in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values 2925 * after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in 2926 * the future. 2927 * 2928 * See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example. 2929 */ 2930 struct GActionEntry 2931 { 2932 /** 2933 * the name of the action 2934 */ 2935 const(char)* name; 2936 /** */ 2937 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* parameter, void* userData) activate; 2938 /** 2939 * the type of the parameter that must be passed to the 2940 * activate function for this action, given as a single 2941 * GVariant type string (or %NULL for no parameter) 2942 */ 2943 const(char)* parameterType; 2944 /** 2945 * the initial state for this action, given in 2946 * [GVariant text format][gvariant-text]. The state is parsed 2947 * with no extra type information, so type tags must be added to 2948 * the string if they are necessary. Stateless actions should 2949 * give %NULL here. 2950 */ 2951 const(char)* state; 2952 /** */ 2953 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* value, void* userData) changeState; 2954 size_t[3] padding; 2955 } 2956 2957 struct GActionGroup; 2958 2959 /** 2960 * The virtual function table for #GActionGroup. 2961 * 2962 * Since: 2.28 2963 */ 2964 struct GActionGroupInterface 2965 { 2966 GTypeInterface gIface; 2967 /** 2968 * 2969 * Params: 2970 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2971 * actionName = the name of the action to check for 2972 * Returns: whether the named action exists 2973 */ 2974 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) hasAction; 2975 /** 2976 * 2977 * Params: 2978 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2979 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the 2980 * actions in the group 2981 */ 2982 extern(C) char** function(GActionGroup* actionGroup) listActions; 2983 /** 2984 * 2985 * Params: 2986 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2987 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2988 * Returns: whether or not the action is currently enabled 2989 */ 2990 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionEnabled; 2991 /** 2992 * 2993 * Params: 2994 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2995 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2996 * Returns: the parameter type 2997 */ 2998 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionParameterType; 2999 /** 3000 * 3001 * Params: 3002 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 3003 * actionName = the name of the action to query 3004 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 3005 */ 3006 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateType; 3007 /** 3008 * 3009 * Params: 3010 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 3011 * actionName = the name of the action to query 3012 * Returns: the state range hint 3013 */ 3014 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateHint; 3015 /** 3016 * 3017 * Params: 3018 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 3019 * actionName = the name of the action to query 3020 * Returns: the current state of the action 3021 */ 3022 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionState; 3023 /** */ 3024 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value) changeActionState; 3025 /** */ 3026 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter) activateAction; 3027 /** */ 3028 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionAdded; 3029 /** */ 3030 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionRemoved; 3031 /** */ 3032 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int enabled) actionEnabledChanged; 3033 /** */ 3034 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* state) actionStateChanged; 3035 /** 3036 * 3037 * Params: 3038 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 3039 * actionName = the name of an action in the group 3040 * enabled = if the action is presently enabled 3041 * parameterType = the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed 3042 * stateType = the state type, or %NULL if stateless 3043 * stateHint = the state hint, or %NULL if none 3044 * state = the current state, or %NULL if stateless 3045 * Returns: %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE 3046 */ 3047 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int* enabled, GVariantType** parameterType, GVariantType** stateType, GVariant** stateHint, GVariant** state) queryAction; 3048 } 3049 3050 /** 3051 * The virtual function table for #GAction. 3052 * 3053 * Since: 2.28 3054 */ 3055 struct GActionInterface 3056 { 3057 GTypeInterface gIface; 3058 /** 3059 * 3060 * Params: 3061 * action = a #GAction 3062 * Returns: the name of the action 3063 */ 3064 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAction* action) getName; 3065 /** 3066 * 3067 * Params: 3068 * action = a #GAction 3069 * Returns: the parameter type 3070 */ 3071 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getParameterType; 3072 /** 3073 * 3074 * Params: 3075 * action = a #GAction 3076 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 3077 */ 3078 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getStateType; 3079 /** 3080 * 3081 * Params: 3082 * action = a #GAction 3083 * Returns: the state range hint 3084 */ 3085 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getStateHint; 3086 /** 3087 * 3088 * Params: 3089 * action = a #GAction 3090 * Returns: whether the action is enabled 3091 */ 3092 extern(C) int function(GAction* action) getEnabled; 3093 /** 3094 * 3095 * Params: 3096 * action = a #GAction 3097 * Returns: the current state of the action 3098 */ 3099 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getState; 3100 /** */ 3101 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* value) changeState; 3102 /** */ 3103 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* parameter) activate; 3104 } 3105 3106 struct GActionMap; 3107 3108 /** 3109 * The virtual function table for #GActionMap. 3110 * 3111 * Since: 2.32 3112 */ 3113 struct GActionMapInterface 3114 { 3115 GTypeInterface gIface; 3116 /** 3117 * 3118 * Params: 3119 * actionMap = a #GActionMap 3120 * actionName = the name of an action 3121 * Returns: a #GAction, or %NULL 3122 */ 3123 extern(C) GAction* function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) lookupAction; 3124 /** */ 3125 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, GAction* action) addAction; 3126 /** */ 3127 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) removeAction; 3128 } 3129 3130 struct GAppInfo; 3131 3132 /** 3133 * Application Information interface, for operating system portability. 3134 */ 3135 struct GAppInfoIface 3136 { 3137 /** 3138 * The parent interface. 3139 */ 3140 GTypeInterface gIface; 3141 /** 3142 * 3143 * Params: 3144 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3145 * Returns: a duplicate of @appinfo. 3146 */ 3147 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) dup; 3148 /** 3149 * 3150 * Params: 3151 * appinfo1 = the first #GAppInfo. 3152 * appinfo2 = the second #GAppInfo. 3153 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. 3154 */ 3155 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo1, GAppInfo* appinfo2) equal; 3156 /** 3157 * 3158 * Params: 3159 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3160 * Returns: a string containing the application's ID. 3161 */ 3162 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getId; 3163 /** 3164 * 3165 * Params: 3166 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3167 * Returns: the name of the application for @appinfo. 3168 */ 3169 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getName; 3170 /** 3171 * 3172 * Params: 3173 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3174 * Returns: a string containing a description of the 3175 * application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. 3176 */ 3177 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDescription; 3178 /** 3179 * 3180 * Params: 3181 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3182 * Returns: a string containing the @appinfo's application 3183 * binaries name 3184 */ 3185 extern(C) char* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getExecutable; 3186 /** 3187 * 3188 * Params: 3189 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3190 * Returns: the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL 3191 * if there is no default icon. 3192 */ 3193 extern(C) GIcon* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getIcon; 3194 /** 3195 * 3196 * Params: 3197 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3198 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 3199 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 3200 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 3201 * 3202 * Throws: GException on failure. 3203 */ 3204 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* files, GAppLaunchContext* context, GError** err) launch; 3205 /** 3206 * 3207 * Params: 3208 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3209 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. 3210 */ 3211 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsUris; 3212 /** 3213 * 3214 * Params: 3215 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3216 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. 3217 */ 3218 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsFiles; 3219 /** 3220 * 3221 * Params: 3222 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3223 * uris = a #GList containing URIs to launch. 3224 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 3225 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 3226 * 3227 * Throws: GException on failure. 3228 */ 3229 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* uris, GAppLaunchContext* context, GError** err) launchUris; 3230 /** 3231 * 3232 * Params: 3233 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3234 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. 3235 */ 3236 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) shouldShow; 3237 /** 3238 * 3239 * Params: 3240 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3241 * contentType = the content type. 3242 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3243 * 3244 * Throws: GException on failure. 3245 */ 3246 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsDefaultForType; 3247 /** 3248 * 3249 * Params: 3250 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3251 * extension = a string containing the file extension 3252 * (without the dot). 3253 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3254 * 3255 * Throws: GException on failure. 3256 */ 3257 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, char* extension, GError** err) setAsDefaultForExtension; 3258 /** 3259 * 3260 * Params: 3261 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3262 * contentType = a string. 3263 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3264 * 3265 * Throws: GException on failure. 3266 */ 3267 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) addSupportsType; 3268 /** 3269 * 3270 * Params: 3271 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3272 * Returns: %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported 3273 * content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. 3274 */ 3275 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canRemoveSupportsType; 3276 /** 3277 * 3278 * Params: 3279 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3280 * contentType = a string. 3281 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3282 * 3283 * Throws: GException on failure. 3284 */ 3285 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) removeSupportsType; 3286 /** 3287 * 3288 * Params: 3289 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3290 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted 3291 */ 3292 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canDelete; 3293 /** 3294 * 3295 * Params: 3296 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3297 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted 3298 */ 3299 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) doDelete; 3300 /** 3301 * 3302 * Params: 3303 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3304 * Returns: a string containing the @appinfo's commandline, 3305 * or %NULL if this information is not available 3306 */ 3307 extern(C) char* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getCommandline; 3308 /** 3309 * 3310 * Params: 3311 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3312 * Returns: the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if 3313 * no display name is available. 3314 */ 3315 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDisplayName; 3316 /** 3317 * 3318 * Params: 3319 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3320 * contentType = the content type. 3321 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3322 * 3323 * Throws: GException on failure. 3324 */ 3325 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsLastUsedForType; 3326 /** 3327 * 3328 * Params: 3329 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo that can handle files 3330 * Returns: a list of content types. 3331 */ 3332 extern(C) char** function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getSupportedTypes; 3333 /** */ 3334 extern(C) void function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* uris, GAppLaunchContext* context, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) launchUrisAsync; 3335 /** 3336 * 3337 * Params: 3338 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3339 * result = a #GAsyncResult 3340 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 3341 * 3342 * Throws: GException on failure. 3343 */ 3344 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) launchUrisFinish; 3345 } 3346 3347 struct GAppInfoMonitor; 3348 3349 struct GAppLaunchContext 3350 { 3351 GObject parentInstance; 3352 GAppLaunchContextPrivate* priv; 3353 } 3354 3355 struct GAppLaunchContextClass 3356 { 3357 GObjectClass parentClass; 3358 /** 3359 * 3360 * Params: 3361 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3362 * info = a #GAppInfo 3363 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 3364 * Returns: a display string for the display. 3365 */ 3366 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getDisplay; 3367 /** 3368 * 3369 * Params: 3370 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3371 * info = a #GAppInfo 3372 * files = a #GList of of #GFile objects 3373 * Returns: a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if 3374 * not supported. 3375 */ 3376 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getStartupNotifyId; 3377 /** */ 3378 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, const(char)* startupNotifyId) launchFailed; 3379 /** */ 3380 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GVariant* platformData) launched; 3381 /** */ 3382 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GVariant* platformData) launchStarted; 3383 /** */ 3384 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3385 /** */ 3386 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3387 /** */ 3388 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3389 } 3390 3391 struct GAppLaunchContextPrivate; 3392 3393 struct GApplication 3394 { 3395 GObject parentInstance; 3396 GApplicationPrivate* priv; 3397 } 3398 3399 /** 3400 * Virtual function table for #GApplication. 3401 * 3402 * Since: 2.28 3403 */ 3404 struct GApplicationClass 3405 { 3406 GObjectClass parentClass; 3407 /** */ 3408 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) startup; 3409 /** */ 3410 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) activate; 3411 /** */ 3412 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GFile** files, int nFiles, const(char)* hint) open; 3413 /** */ 3414 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GApplicationCommandLine* commandLine) commandLine; 3415 /** 3416 * 3417 * Params: 3418 * application = a #GApplication 3419 * arguments = array of command line arguments 3420 * exitStatus = exit status to fill after processing the command line. 3421 * Returns: %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled 3422 */ 3423 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, char*** arguments, int* exitStatus) localCommandLine; 3424 /** */ 3425 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) beforeEmit; 3426 /** */ 3427 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) afterEmit; 3428 /** */ 3429 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariantBuilder* builder) addPlatformData; 3430 /** */ 3431 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) quitMainloop; 3432 /** */ 3433 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) runMainloop; 3434 /** */ 3435 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) shutdown; 3436 /** */ 3437 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath, GError** err) dbusRegister; 3438 /** */ 3439 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath) dbusUnregister; 3440 /** */ 3441 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GVariantDict* options) handleLocalOptions; 3442 /** */ 3443 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application) nameLost; 3444 void*[7] padding; 3445 } 3446 3447 struct GApplicationCommandLine 3448 { 3449 GObject parentInstance; 3450 GApplicationCommandLinePrivate* priv; 3451 } 3452 3453 /** 3454 * The #GApplicationCommandLineClass-struct 3455 * contains private data only. 3456 * 3457 * Since: 2.28 3458 */ 3459 struct GApplicationCommandLineClass 3460 { 3461 GObjectClass parentClass; 3462 /** */ 3463 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printLiteral; 3464 /** */ 3465 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printerrLiteral; 3466 /** 3467 * 3468 * Params: 3469 * cmdline = a #GApplicationCommandLine 3470 * Returns: a #GInputStream for stdin 3471 */ 3472 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline) getStdin; 3473 void*[11] padding; 3474 } 3475 3476 struct GApplicationCommandLinePrivate; 3477 3478 struct GApplicationPrivate; 3479 3480 struct GAsyncInitable; 3481 3482 /** 3483 * Provides an interface for asynchronous initializing object such that 3484 * initialization may fail. 3485 * 3486 * Since: 2.22 3487 */ 3488 struct GAsyncInitableIface 3489 { 3490 /** 3491 * The parent interface. 3492 */ 3493 GTypeInterface gIface; 3494 /** */ 3495 extern(C) void function(GAsyncInitable* initable, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) initAsync; 3496 /** 3497 * 3498 * Params: 3499 * initable = a #GAsyncInitable. 3500 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3501 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function 3502 * will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 3503 * 3504 * Throws: GException on failure. 3505 */ 3506 extern(C) int function(GAsyncInitable* initable, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) initFinish; 3507 } 3508 3509 struct GAsyncResult; 3510 3511 /** 3512 * Interface definition for #GAsyncResult. 3513 */ 3514 struct GAsyncResultIface 3515 { 3516 /** 3517 * The parent interface. 3518 */ 3519 GTypeInterface gIface; 3520 /** 3521 * 3522 * Params: 3523 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3524 * Returns: the user data for @res. 3525 */ 3526 extern(C) void* function(GAsyncResult* res) getUserData; 3527 /** 3528 * 3529 * Params: 3530 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3531 * Returns: a new reference to the source 3532 * object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. 3533 */ 3534 extern(C) GObject* function(GAsyncResult* res) getSourceObject; 3535 /** 3536 * 3537 * Params: 3538 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3539 * sourceTag = an application-defined tag 3540 * Returns: %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if 3541 * not. 3542 */ 3543 extern(C) int function(GAsyncResult* res, void* sourceTag) isTagged; 3544 } 3545 3546 struct GBufferedInputStream 3547 { 3548 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3549 GBufferedInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3550 } 3551 3552 struct GBufferedInputStreamClass 3553 { 3554 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3555 /** 3556 * 3557 * Params: 3558 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3559 * count = the number of bytes that will be read from the stream 3560 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 3561 * Returns: the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, 3562 * or -1 on error. 3563 * 3564 * Throws: GException on failure. 3565 */ 3566 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) fill; 3567 /** */ 3568 extern(C) void function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) fillAsync; 3569 /** 3570 * 3571 * Params: 3572 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3573 * result = a #GAsyncResult 3574 * Returns: a #gssize of the read stream, or `-1` on an error. 3575 * 3576 * Throws: GException on failure. 3577 */ 3578 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) fillFinish; 3579 /** */ 3580 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3581 /** */ 3582 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3583 /** */ 3584 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3585 /** */ 3586 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3587 /** */ 3588 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3589 } 3590 3591 struct GBufferedInputStreamPrivate; 3592 3593 struct GBufferedOutputStream 3594 { 3595 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3596 GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3597 } 3598 3599 struct GBufferedOutputStreamClass 3600 { 3601 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3602 /** */ 3603 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3604 /** */ 3605 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3606 } 3607 3608 struct GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate; 3609 3610 struct GBytesIcon; 3611 3612 struct GCancellable 3613 { 3614 GObject parentInstance; 3615 GCancellablePrivate* priv; 3616 } 3617 3618 struct GCancellableClass 3619 { 3620 GObjectClass parentClass; 3621 /** */ 3622 extern(C) void function(GCancellable* cancellable) cancelled; 3623 /** */ 3624 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3625 /** */ 3626 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3627 /** */ 3628 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3629 /** */ 3630 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3631 /** */ 3632 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3633 } 3634 3635 struct GCancellablePrivate; 3636 3637 struct GCharsetConverter; 3638 3639 struct GCharsetConverterClass 3640 { 3641 GObjectClass parentClass; 3642 } 3643 3644 struct GConverter; 3645 3646 /** 3647 * Provides an interface for converting data from one type 3648 * to another type. The conversion can be stateful 3649 * and may fail at any place. 3650 * 3651 * Since: 2.24 3652 */ 3653 struct GConverterIface 3654 { 3655 /** 3656 * The parent interface. 3657 */ 3658 GTypeInterface gIface; 3659 /** 3660 * 3661 * Params: 3662 * converter = a #GConverter. 3663 * inbuf = the buffer 3664 * containing the data to convert. 3665 * inbufSize = the number of bytes in @inbuf 3666 * outbuf = a buffer to write 3667 * converted data in. 3668 * outbufSize = the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one 3669 * flags = a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details 3670 * bytesRead = will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success 3671 * bytesWritten = will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success 3672 * Returns: a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. 3673 * 3674 * Throws: GException on failure. 3675 */ 3676 extern(C) GConverterResult function(GConverter* converter, void* inbuf, size_t inbufSize, void* outbuf, size_t outbufSize, GConverterFlags flags, size_t* bytesRead, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) convert; 3677 /** */ 3678 extern(C) void function(GConverter* converter) reset; 3679 } 3680 3681 struct GConverterInputStream 3682 { 3683 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3684 GConverterInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3685 } 3686 3687 struct GConverterInputStreamClass 3688 { 3689 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3690 /** */ 3691 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3692 /** */ 3693 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3694 /** */ 3695 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3696 /** */ 3697 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3698 /** */ 3699 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3700 } 3701 3702 struct GConverterInputStreamPrivate; 3703 3704 struct GConverterOutputStream 3705 { 3706 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3707 GConverterOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3708 } 3709 3710 struct GConverterOutputStreamClass 3711 { 3712 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3713 /** */ 3714 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3715 /** */ 3716 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3717 /** */ 3718 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3719 /** */ 3720 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3721 /** */ 3722 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3723 } 3724 3725 struct GConverterOutputStreamPrivate; 3726 3727 struct GCredentials; 3728 3729 /** 3730 * Class structure for #GCredentials. 3731 * 3732 * Since: 2.26 3733 */ 3734 struct GCredentialsClass; 3735 3736 struct GDBusActionGroup; 3737 3738 struct GDBusAnnotationInfo 3739 { 3740 /** 3741 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3742 */ 3743 int refCount; 3744 /** 3745 * The name of the annotation, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Deprecated". 3746 */ 3747 char* key; 3748 /** 3749 * The value of the annotation. 3750 */ 3751 char* value; 3752 /** 3753 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3754 */ 3755 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3756 } 3757 3758 struct GDBusArgInfo 3759 { 3760 /** 3761 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3762 */ 3763 int refCount; 3764 /** 3765 * Name of the argument, e.g. @unix_user_id. 3766 */ 3767 char* name; 3768 /** 3769 * D-Bus signature of the argument (a single complete type). 3770 */ 3771 char* signature; 3772 /** 3773 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3774 */ 3775 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3776 } 3777 3778 struct GDBusAuthObserver; 3779 3780 struct GDBusConnection; 3781 3782 /** 3783 * Struct used in g_dbus_error_register_error_domain(). 3784 * 3785 * Since: 2.26 3786 */ 3787 struct GDBusErrorEntry 3788 { 3789 /** 3790 * An error code. 3791 */ 3792 int errorCode; 3793 /** 3794 * The D-Bus error name to associate with @error_code. 3795 */ 3796 const(char)* dbusErrorName; 3797 } 3798 3799 struct GDBusInterface; 3800 3801 /** 3802 * Base type for D-Bus interfaces. 3803 * 3804 * Since: 2.30 3805 */ 3806 struct GDBusInterfaceIface 3807 { 3808 /** 3809 * The parent interface. 3810 */ 3811 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3812 /** 3813 * 3814 * Params: 3815 * interface_ = An exported D-Bus interface. 3816 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. 3817 */ 3818 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterface* interface_) getInfo; 3819 /** 3820 * 3821 * Params: 3822 * interface_ = An exported D-Bus interface 3823 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3824 * reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. 3825 */ 3826 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* interface_) getObject; 3827 /** */ 3828 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterface* interface_, GDBusObject* object) setObject; 3829 /** 3830 * 3831 * Params: 3832 * interface_ = An exported D-Bus interface. 3833 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3834 * reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). 3835 */ 3836 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* interface_) dupObject; 3837 } 3838 3839 struct GDBusInterfaceInfo 3840 { 3841 /** 3842 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3843 */ 3844 int refCount; 3845 /** 3846 * The name of the D-Bus interface, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3847 */ 3848 char* name; 3849 /** 3850 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusMethodInfo structures or %NULL if there are no methods. 3851 */ 3852 GDBusMethodInfo** methods; 3853 /** 3854 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusSignalInfo structures or %NULL if there are no signals. 3855 */ 3856 GDBusSignalInfo** signals; 3857 /** 3858 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusPropertyInfo structures or %NULL if there are no properties. 3859 */ 3860 GDBusPropertyInfo** properties; 3861 /** 3862 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3863 */ 3864 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3865 } 3866 3867 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeleton 3868 { 3869 GObject parentInstance; 3870 GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate* priv; 3871 } 3872 3873 /** 3874 * Class structure for #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3875 * 3876 * Since: 2.30 3877 */ 3878 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonClass 3879 { 3880 /** 3881 * The parent class. 3882 */ 3883 GObjectClass parentClass; 3884 /** 3885 * 3886 * Params: 3887 * interface_ = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3888 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. 3889 */ 3890 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) getInfo; 3891 /** 3892 * 3893 * Params: 3894 * interface_ = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3895 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). 3896 */ 3897 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) getVtable; 3898 /** 3899 * 3900 * Params: 3901 * interface_ = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3902 * Returns: A #GVariant of type 3903 * ['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. 3904 * Free with g_variant_unref(). 3905 */ 3906 extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) getProperties; 3907 /** */ 3908 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) flush; 3909 void*[8] vfuncPadding; 3910 /** */ 3911 extern(C) int function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) gAuthorizeMethod; 3912 void*[8] signalPadding; 3913 } 3914 3915 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate; 3916 3917 /** 3918 * Virtual table for handling properties and method calls for a D-Bus 3919 * interface. 3920 * 3921 * Since 2.38, if you want to handle getting/setting D-Bus properties 3922 * asynchronously, give %NULL as your get_property() or set_property() 3923 * function. The D-Bus call will be directed to your @method_call function, 3924 * with the provided @interface_name set to "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3925 * 3926 * Ownership of the #GDBusMethodInvocation object passed to the 3927 * method_call() function is transferred to your handler; you must 3928 * call one of the methods of #GDBusMethodInvocation to return a reply 3929 * (possibly empty), or an error. These functions also take ownership 3930 * of the passed-in invocation object, so unless the invocation 3931 * object has otherwise been referenced, it will be then be freed. 3932 * Calling one of these functions may be done within your 3933 * method_call() implementation but it also can be done at a later 3934 * point to handle the method asynchronously. 3935 * 3936 * The usual checks on the validity of the calls is performed. For 3937 * `Get` calls, an error is automatically returned if the property does 3938 * not exist or the permissions do not allow access. The same checks are 3939 * performed for `Set` calls, and the provided value is also checked for 3940 * being the correct type. 3941 * 3942 * For both `Get` and `Set` calls, the #GDBusMethodInvocation 3943 * passed to the @method_call handler can be queried with 3944 * g_dbus_method_invocation_get_property_info() to get a pointer 3945 * to the #GDBusPropertyInfo of the property. 3946 * 3947 * If you have readable properties specified in your interface info, 3948 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @get_property() 3949 * function or provide implementations of both the `Get` and `GetAll` 3950 * methods on org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface in your @method_call 3951 * function. Note that the required return type of the `Get` call is 3952 * `(v)`, not the type of the property. `GetAll` expects a return value 3953 * of type `a{sv}`. 3954 * 3955 * If you have writable properties specified in your interface info, 3956 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @set_property() 3957 * function or provide an implementation of the `Set` call. If implementing 3958 * the call, you must return the value of type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. 3959 * 3960 * Since: 2.26 3961 */ 3962 struct GDBusInterfaceVTable 3963 { 3964 /** 3965 * Function for handling incoming method calls. 3966 */ 3967 GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc methodCall; 3968 /** 3969 * Function for getting a property. 3970 */ 3971 GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc getProperty; 3972 /** 3973 * Function for setting a property. 3974 */ 3975 GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc setProperty; 3976 void*[8] padding; 3977 } 3978 3979 struct GDBusMenuModel; 3980 3981 struct GDBusMessage; 3982 3983 struct GDBusMethodInfo 3984 { 3985 /** 3986 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3987 */ 3988 int refCount; 3989 /** 3990 * The name of the D-Bus method, e.g. @RequestName. 3991 */ 3992 char* name; 3993 /** 3994 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no in arguments. 3995 */ 3996 GDBusArgInfo** inArgs; 3997 /** 3998 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no out arguments. 3999 */ 4000 GDBusArgInfo** outArgs; 4001 /** 4002 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 4003 */ 4004 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 4005 } 4006 4007 struct GDBusMethodInvocation; 4008 4009 struct GDBusNodeInfo 4010 { 4011 /** 4012 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 4013 */ 4014 int refCount; 4015 /** 4016 * The path of the node or %NULL if omitted. Note that this may be a relative path. See the D-Bus specification for more details. 4017 */ 4018 char* path; 4019 /** 4020 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo structures or %NULL if there are no interfaces. 4021 */ 4022 GDBusInterfaceInfo** interfaces; 4023 /** 4024 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusNodeInfo structures or %NULL if there are no nodes. 4025 */ 4026 GDBusNodeInfo** nodes; 4027 /** 4028 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 4029 */ 4030 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 4031 } 4032 4033 struct GDBusObject; 4034 4035 /** 4036 * Base object type for D-Bus objects. 4037 * 4038 * Since: 2.30 4039 */ 4040 struct GDBusObjectIface 4041 { 4042 /** 4043 * The parent interface. 4044 */ 4045 GTypeInterface parentIface; 4046 /** 4047 * 4048 * Params: 4049 * object = A #GDBusObject. 4050 * Returns: A string owned by @object. Do not free. 4051 */ 4052 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObject* object) getObjectPath; 4053 /** 4054 * 4055 * Params: 4056 * object = A #GDBusObject. 4057 * Returns: A list of #GDBusInterface instances. 4058 * The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed 4059 * with g_object_unref(). 4060 */ 4061 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObject* object) getInterfaces; 4062 /** 4063 * 4064 * Params: 4065 * object = A #GDBusObject. 4066 * interfaceName = A D-Bus interface name. 4067 * Returns: %NULL if not found, otherwise a 4068 * #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). 4069 */ 4070 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObject* object, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 4071 /** */ 4072 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceAdded; 4073 /** */ 4074 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceRemoved; 4075 } 4076 4077 struct GDBusObjectManager; 4078 4079 struct GDBusObjectManagerClient 4080 { 4081 GObject parentInstance; 4082 GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate* priv; 4083 } 4084 4085 /** 4086 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 4087 * 4088 * Since: 2.30 4089 */ 4090 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientClass 4091 { 4092 /** 4093 * The parent class. 4094 */ 4095 GObjectClass parentClass; 4096 /** */ 4097 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) interfaceProxySignal; 4098 /** */ 4099 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) interfaceProxyPropertiesChanged; 4100 void*[8] padding; 4101 } 4102 4103 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate; 4104 4105 /** 4106 * Base type for D-Bus object managers. 4107 * 4108 * Since: 2.30 4109 */ 4110 struct GDBusObjectManagerIface 4111 { 4112 /** 4113 * The parent interface. 4114 */ 4115 GTypeInterface parentIface; 4116 /** 4117 * 4118 * Params: 4119 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 4120 * Returns: A string owned by @manager. Do not free. 4121 */ 4122 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjectPath; 4123 /** 4124 * 4125 * Params: 4126 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 4127 * Returns: A list of 4128 * #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with 4129 * g_list_free() after each element has been freed with 4130 * g_object_unref(). 4131 */ 4132 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjects; 4133 /** 4134 * 4135 * Params: 4136 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 4137 * objectPath = Object path to look up. 4138 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with 4139 * g_object_unref(). 4140 */ 4141 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath) getObject; 4142 /** 4143 * 4144 * Params: 4145 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 4146 * objectPath = Object path to look up. 4147 * interfaceName = D-Bus interface name to look up. 4148 * Returns: A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free 4149 * with g_object_unref(). 4150 */ 4151 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 4152 /** */ 4153 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectAdded; 4154 /** */ 4155 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectRemoved; 4156 /** */ 4157 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceAdded; 4158 /** */ 4159 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceRemoved; 4160 } 4161 4162 struct GDBusObjectManagerServer 4163 { 4164 GObject parentInstance; 4165 GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate* priv; 4166 } 4167 4168 /** 4169 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerServer. 4170 * 4171 * Since: 2.30 4172 */ 4173 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerClass 4174 { 4175 /** 4176 * The parent class. 4177 */ 4178 GObjectClass parentClass; 4179 void*[8] padding; 4180 } 4181 4182 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate; 4183 4184 struct GDBusObjectProxy 4185 { 4186 GObject parentInstance; 4187 GDBusObjectProxyPrivate* priv; 4188 } 4189 4190 /** 4191 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectProxy. 4192 * 4193 * Since: 2.30 4194 */ 4195 struct GDBusObjectProxyClass 4196 { 4197 /** 4198 * The parent class. 4199 */ 4200 GObjectClass parentClass; 4201 void*[8] padding; 4202 } 4203 4204 struct GDBusObjectProxyPrivate; 4205 4206 struct GDBusObjectSkeleton 4207 { 4208 GObject parentInstance; 4209 GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate* priv; 4210 } 4211 4212 /** 4213 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectSkeleton. 4214 * 4215 * Since: 2.30 4216 */ 4217 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonClass 4218 { 4219 /** 4220 * The parent class. 4221 */ 4222 GObjectClass parentClass; 4223 /** */ 4224 extern(C) int function(GDBusObjectSkeleton* object, GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) authorizeMethod; 4225 void*[8] padding; 4226 } 4227 4228 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate; 4229 4230 struct GDBusPropertyInfo 4231 { 4232 /** 4233 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 4234 */ 4235 int refCount; 4236 /** 4237 * The name of the D-Bus property, e.g. "SupportedFilesystems". 4238 */ 4239 char* name; 4240 /** 4241 * The D-Bus signature of the property (a single complete type). 4242 */ 4243 char* signature; 4244 /** 4245 * Access control flags for the property. 4246 */ 4247 GDBusPropertyInfoFlags flags; 4248 /** 4249 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 4250 */ 4251 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 4252 } 4253 4254 struct GDBusProxy 4255 { 4256 GObject parentInstance; 4257 GDBusProxyPrivate* priv; 4258 } 4259 4260 /** 4261 * Class structure for #GDBusProxy. 4262 * 4263 * Since: 2.26 4264 */ 4265 struct GDBusProxyClass 4266 { 4267 GObjectClass parentClass; 4268 /** */ 4269 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) gPropertiesChanged; 4270 /** */ 4271 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) gSignal; 4272 void*[32] padding; 4273 } 4274 4275 struct GDBusProxyPrivate; 4276 4277 struct GDBusServer; 4278 4279 struct GDBusSignalInfo 4280 { 4281 /** 4282 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 4283 */ 4284 int refCount; 4285 /** 4286 * The name of the D-Bus signal, e.g. "NameOwnerChanged". 4287 */ 4288 char* name; 4289 /** 4290 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no arguments. 4291 */ 4292 GDBusArgInfo** args; 4293 /** 4294 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 4295 */ 4296 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 4297 } 4298 4299 /** 4300 * Virtual table for handling subtrees registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 4301 * 4302 * Since: 2.26 4303 */ 4304 struct GDBusSubtreeVTable 4305 { 4306 /** 4307 * Function for enumerating child nodes. 4308 */ 4309 GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc enumerate; 4310 /** 4311 * Function for introspecting a child node. 4312 */ 4313 GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc introspect; 4314 /** 4315 * Function for dispatching a remote call on a child node. 4316 */ 4317 GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc dispatch; 4318 void*[8] padding; 4319 } 4320 4321 struct GDataInputStream 4322 { 4323 GBufferedInputStream parentInstance; 4324 GDataInputStreamPrivate* priv; 4325 } 4326 4327 struct GDataInputStreamClass 4328 { 4329 GBufferedInputStreamClass parentClass; 4330 /** */ 4331 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4332 /** */ 4333 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4334 /** */ 4335 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4336 /** */ 4337 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4338 /** */ 4339 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4340 } 4341 4342 struct GDataInputStreamPrivate; 4343 4344 struct GDataOutputStream 4345 { 4346 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 4347 GDataOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 4348 } 4349 4350 struct GDataOutputStreamClass 4351 { 4352 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 4353 /** */ 4354 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4355 /** */ 4356 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4357 /** */ 4358 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4359 /** */ 4360 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4361 /** */ 4362 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4363 } 4364 4365 struct GDataOutputStreamPrivate; 4366 4367 struct GDatagramBased; 4368 4369 /** 4370 * Provides an interface for socket-like objects which have datagram semantics, 4371 * following the Berkeley sockets API. The interface methods are thin wrappers 4372 * around the corresponding virtual methods, and no pre-processing of inputs is 4373 * implemented — so implementations of this API must handle all functionality 4374 * documented in the interface methods. 4375 * 4376 * Since: 2.48 4377 */ 4378 struct GDatagramBasedInterface 4379 { 4380 /** 4381 * The parent interface. 4382 */ 4383 GTypeInterface gIface; 4384 /** 4385 * 4386 * Params: 4387 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4388 * messages = an array of #GInputMessage structs 4389 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4390 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation 4391 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4392 * to block indefinitely 4393 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4394 * Returns: number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number 4395 * of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is 4396 * zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages 4397 * was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try 4398 * to receive the remaining messages. 4399 * 4400 * Throws: GException on failure. 4401 */ 4402 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GInputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) receiveMessages; 4403 /** 4404 * 4405 * Params: 4406 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4407 * messages = an array of #GOutputMessage structs 4408 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4409 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags 4410 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4411 * to block indefinitely 4412 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4413 * Returns: number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of 4414 * messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero 4415 * or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in 4416 * which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. 4417 * 4418 * Throws: GException on failure. 4419 */ 4420 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GOutputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) sendMessages; 4421 /** 4422 * 4423 * Params: 4424 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4425 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to monitor 4426 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4427 * Returns: a newly allocated #GSource 4428 */ 4429 extern(C) GSource* function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 4430 /** 4431 * 4432 * Params: 4433 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4434 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to check 4435 * Returns: the #GIOCondition mask of the current state 4436 */ 4437 extern(C) GIOCondition function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition) conditionCheck; 4438 /** 4439 * 4440 * Params: 4441 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4442 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to wait for 4443 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4444 * to block indefinitely 4445 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4446 * Returns: %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise 4447 * 4448 * Throws: GException on failure. 4449 */ 4450 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) conditionWait; 4451 } 4452 4453 struct GDebugController; 4454 4455 struct GDebugControllerDBus 4456 { 4457 GObject parentInstance; 4458 } 4459 4460 /** 4461 * The virtual function table for #GDebugControllerDBus. 4462 * 4463 * Since: 2.72 4464 */ 4465 struct GDebugControllerDBusClass 4466 { 4467 /** 4468 * The parent class. 4469 */ 4470 GObjectClass parentClass; 4471 /** */ 4472 extern(C) int function(GDebugControllerDBus* controller, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) authorize; 4473 void*[12] padding; 4474 } 4475 4476 /** 4477 * The virtual function table for #GDebugController. 4478 * 4479 * Since: 2.72 4480 */ 4481 struct GDebugControllerInterface 4482 { 4483 /** 4484 * The parent interface. 4485 */ 4486 GTypeInterface gIface; 4487 } 4488 4489 struct GDesktopAppInfo; 4490 4491 struct GDesktopAppInfoClass 4492 { 4493 GObjectClass parentClass; 4494 } 4495 4496 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookup; 4497 4498 /** 4499 * Interface that is used by backends to associate default 4500 * handlers with URI schemes. 4501 */ 4502 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookupIface 4503 { 4504 GTypeInterface gIface; 4505 /** 4506 * 4507 * Params: 4508 * lookup = a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup 4509 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme. 4510 * Returns: #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or 4511 * %NULL on error. 4512 */ 4513 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GDesktopAppInfoLookup* lookup, const(char)* uriScheme) getDefaultForUriScheme; 4514 } 4515 4516 struct GDrive; 4517 4518 /** 4519 * Interface for creating #GDrive implementations. 4520 */ 4521 struct GDriveIface 4522 { 4523 /** 4524 * The parent interface. 4525 */ 4526 GTypeInterface gIface; 4527 /** */ 4528 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) changed; 4529 /** */ 4530 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) disconnected; 4531 /** */ 4532 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) ejectButton; 4533 /** 4534 * 4535 * Params: 4536 * drive = a #GDrive. 4537 * Returns: a string containing @drive's name. The returned 4538 * string should be freed when no longer needed. 4539 */ 4540 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive) getName; 4541 /** 4542 * 4543 * Params: 4544 * drive = a #GDrive. 4545 * Returns: #GIcon for the @drive. 4546 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4547 */ 4548 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getIcon; 4549 /** 4550 * 4551 * Params: 4552 * drive = a #GDrive. 4553 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. 4554 */ 4555 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasVolumes; 4556 /** 4557 * 4558 * Params: 4559 * drive = a #GDrive. 4560 * Returns: #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. 4561 */ 4562 extern(C) GList* function(GDrive* drive) getVolumes; 4563 /** 4564 * 4565 * Params: 4566 * drive = a #GDrive. 4567 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. 4568 */ 4569 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaRemovable; 4570 /** 4571 * 4572 * Params: 4573 * drive = a #GDrive. 4574 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. 4575 */ 4576 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasMedia; 4577 /** 4578 * 4579 * Params: 4580 * drive = a #GDrive. 4581 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive is capable of automatically detecting 4582 * media changes, %FALSE otherwise. 4583 */ 4584 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaCheckAutomatic; 4585 /** 4586 * 4587 * Params: 4588 * drive = a #GDrive. 4589 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. 4590 */ 4591 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canEject; 4592 /** 4593 * 4594 * Params: 4595 * drive = a #GDrive. 4596 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, 4597 * %FALSE otherwise. 4598 */ 4599 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canPollForMedia; 4600 /** */ 4601 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 4602 /** 4603 * 4604 * Params: 4605 * drive = a #GDrive. 4606 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4607 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, 4608 * %FALSE otherwise. 4609 * 4610 * Throws: GException on failure. 4611 */ 4612 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 4613 /** */ 4614 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollForMedia; 4615 /** 4616 * 4617 * Params: 4618 * drive = a #GDrive. 4619 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4620 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, 4621 * %FALSE otherwise. 4622 * 4623 * Throws: GException on failure. 4624 */ 4625 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollForMediaFinish; 4626 /** 4627 * 4628 * Params: 4629 * drive = a #GDrive 4630 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 4631 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 4632 * requested identifier, or %NULL if the #GDrive 4633 * doesn't have this kind of identifier. 4634 */ 4635 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 4636 /** 4637 * 4638 * Params: 4639 * drive = a #GDrive 4640 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated 4641 * array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() 4642 * to free. 4643 */ 4644 extern(C) char** function(GDrive* drive) enumerateIdentifiers; 4645 /** 4646 * 4647 * Params: 4648 * drive = a #GDrive. 4649 * Returns: A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. 4650 */ 4651 extern(C) GDriveStartStopType function(GDrive* drive) getStartStopType; 4652 /** 4653 * 4654 * Params: 4655 * drive = a #GDrive. 4656 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. 4657 */ 4658 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStart; 4659 /** 4660 * 4661 * Params: 4662 * drive = a #GDrive. 4663 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. 4664 */ 4665 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStartDegraded; 4666 /** */ 4667 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) start; 4668 /** 4669 * 4670 * Params: 4671 * drive = a #GDrive. 4672 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4673 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, 4674 * %FALSE otherwise. 4675 * 4676 * Throws: GException on failure. 4677 */ 4678 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startFinish; 4679 /** 4680 * 4681 * Params: 4682 * drive = a #GDrive. 4683 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. 4684 */ 4685 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStop; 4686 /** */ 4687 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stop; 4688 /** 4689 * 4690 * Params: 4691 * drive = a #GDrive. 4692 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4693 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, 4694 * %FALSE otherwise. 4695 * 4696 * Throws: GException on failure. 4697 */ 4698 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopFinish; 4699 /** */ 4700 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) stopButton; 4701 /** */ 4702 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 4703 /** 4704 * 4705 * Params: 4706 * drive = a #GDrive. 4707 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4708 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 4709 * 4710 * Throws: GException on failure. 4711 */ 4712 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 4713 /** 4714 * 4715 * Params: 4716 * drive = A #GDrive. 4717 * Returns: Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. 4718 */ 4719 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDrive* drive) getSortKey; 4720 /** 4721 * 4722 * Params: 4723 * drive = a #GDrive. 4724 * Returns: symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. 4725 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4726 */ 4727 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getSymbolicIcon; 4728 /** 4729 * 4730 * Params: 4731 * drive = a #GDrive. 4732 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. 4733 */ 4734 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isRemovable; 4735 } 4736 4737 struct GDtlsClientConnection; 4738 4739 /** 4740 * vtable for a #GDtlsClientConnection implementation. 4741 * 4742 * Since: 2.48 4743 */ 4744 struct GDtlsClientConnectionInterface 4745 { 4746 /** 4747 * The parent interface. 4748 */ 4749 GTypeInterface gIface; 4750 } 4751 4752 struct GDtlsConnection; 4753 4754 /** 4755 * Virtual method table for a #GDtlsConnection implementation. 4756 * 4757 * Since: 2.48 4758 */ 4759 struct GDtlsConnectionInterface 4760 { 4761 /** 4762 * The parent interface. 4763 */ 4764 GTypeInterface gIface; 4765 /** */ 4766 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 4767 /** 4768 * 4769 * Params: 4770 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4771 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4772 * Returns: success or failure 4773 * 4774 * Throws: GException on failure. 4775 */ 4776 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 4777 /** */ 4778 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 4779 /** 4780 * 4781 * Params: 4782 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4783 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4784 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4785 * case @error will be set. 4786 * 4787 * Throws: GException on failure. 4788 */ 4789 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 4790 /** 4791 * 4792 * Params: 4793 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4794 * shutdownRead = %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams 4795 * shutdownWrite = %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams 4796 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4797 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise 4798 * 4799 * Throws: GException on failure. 4800 */ 4801 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) shutdown; 4802 /** */ 4803 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) shutdownAsync; 4804 /** 4805 * 4806 * Params: 4807 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4808 * result = a #GAsyncResult 4809 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4810 * case @error will be set 4811 * 4812 * Throws: GException on failure. 4813 */ 4814 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) shutdownFinish; 4815 /** */ 4816 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, char** protocols) setAdvertisedProtocols; 4817 /** 4818 * 4819 * Params: 4820 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4821 * Returns: the negotiated protocol, or %NULL 4822 */ 4823 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDtlsConnection* conn) getNegotiatedProtocol; 4824 /** */ 4825 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GTlsChannelBindingType type, GByteArray* data, GError** err) getBindingData; 4826 } 4827 4828 struct GDtlsServerConnection; 4829 4830 /** 4831 * vtable for a #GDtlsServerConnection implementation. 4832 * 4833 * Since: 2.48 4834 */ 4835 struct GDtlsServerConnectionInterface 4836 { 4837 /** 4838 * The parent interface. 4839 */ 4840 GTypeInterface gIface; 4841 } 4842 4843 struct GEmblem; 4844 4845 struct GEmblemClass; 4846 4847 struct GEmblemedIcon 4848 { 4849 GObject parentInstance; 4850 GEmblemedIconPrivate* priv; 4851 } 4852 4853 struct GEmblemedIconClass 4854 { 4855 GObjectClass parentClass; 4856 } 4857 4858 struct GEmblemedIconPrivate; 4859 4860 struct GFile; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * Information about a specific attribute. 4864 */ 4865 struct GFileAttributeInfo 4866 { 4867 /** 4868 * the name of the attribute. 4869 */ 4870 char* name; 4871 /** 4872 * the #GFileAttributeType type of the attribute. 4873 */ 4874 GFileAttributeType type; 4875 /** 4876 * a set of #GFileAttributeInfoFlags. 4877 */ 4878 GFileAttributeInfoFlags flags; 4879 } 4880 4881 struct GFileAttributeInfoList 4882 { 4883 /** 4884 * an array of #GFileAttributeInfos. 4885 */ 4886 GFileAttributeInfo* infos; 4887 /** 4888 * the number of values in the array. 4889 */ 4890 int nInfos; 4891 } 4892 4893 struct GFileAttributeMatcher; 4894 4895 struct GFileDescriptorBased; 4896 4897 /** 4898 * An interface for file descriptor based io objects. 4899 */ 4900 struct GFileDescriptorBasedIface 4901 { 4902 /** 4903 * The parent interface. 4904 */ 4905 GTypeInterface gIface; 4906 /** 4907 * 4908 * Params: 4909 * fdBased = a #GFileDescriptorBased. 4910 * Returns: The file descriptor 4911 */ 4912 extern(C) int function(GFileDescriptorBased* fdBased) getFd; 4913 } 4914 4915 struct GFileEnumerator 4916 { 4917 GObject parentInstance; 4918 GFileEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 4919 } 4920 4921 struct GFileEnumeratorClass 4922 { 4923 GObjectClass parentClass; 4924 /** 4925 * 4926 * Params: 4927 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4928 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4929 * Returns: A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error 4930 * or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with 4931 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 4932 * 4933 * Throws: GException on failure. 4934 */ 4935 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) nextFile; 4936 /** */ 4937 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 4938 /** */ 4939 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int numFiles, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextFilesAsync; 4940 /** 4941 * 4942 * Params: 4943 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4944 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4945 * Returns: a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with 4946 * g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're 4947 * done with them. 4948 * 4949 * Throws: GException on failure. 4950 */ 4951 extern(C) GList* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFilesFinish; 4952 /** */ 4953 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 4954 /** 4955 * 4956 * Params: 4957 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4958 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4959 * Returns: %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. 4960 * 4961 * Throws: GException on failure. 4962 */ 4963 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 4964 /** */ 4965 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4966 /** */ 4967 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4968 /** */ 4969 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4970 /** */ 4971 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4972 /** */ 4973 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4974 /** */ 4975 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 4976 /** */ 4977 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 4978 } 4979 4980 struct GFileEnumeratorPrivate; 4981 4982 struct GFileIOStream 4983 { 4984 GIOStream parentInstance; 4985 GFileIOStreamPrivate* priv; 4986 } 4987 4988 struct GFileIOStreamClass 4989 { 4990 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 4991 /** */ 4992 extern(C) long function(GFileIOStream* stream) tell; 4993 /** */ 4994 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canSeek; 4995 /** */ 4996 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 4997 /** */ 4998 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canTruncate; 4999 /** */ 5000 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 5001 /** 5002 * 5003 * Params: 5004 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 5005 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5006 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5007 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 5008 * 5009 * Throws: GException on failure. 5010 */ 5011 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5012 /** */ 5013 extern(C) void function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5014 /** 5015 * 5016 * Params: 5017 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 5018 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5019 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 5020 * 5021 * Throws: GException on failure. 5022 */ 5023 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5024 /** 5025 * 5026 * Params: 5027 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 5028 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 5029 */ 5030 extern(C) char* function(GFileIOStream* stream) getEtag; 5031 /** */ 5032 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5033 /** */ 5034 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5035 /** */ 5036 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5037 /** */ 5038 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5039 /** */ 5040 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5041 } 5042 5043 struct GFileIOStreamPrivate; 5044 5045 struct GFileIcon; 5046 5047 struct GFileIconClass; 5048 5049 /** 5050 * An interface for writing VFS file handles. 5051 */ 5052 struct GFileIface 5053 { 5054 /** 5055 * The parent interface. 5056 */ 5057 GTypeInterface gIface; 5058 /** 5059 * 5060 * Params: 5061 * file = input #GFile 5062 * Returns: a new #GFile that is a duplicate 5063 * of the given #GFile. 5064 */ 5065 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) dup; 5066 /** 5067 * 5068 * Params: 5069 * file = #gconstpointer to a #GFile 5070 * Returns: 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an 5071 * integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. 5072 * This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to 5073 * add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 5074 */ 5075 extern(C) uint function(GFile* file) hash; 5076 /** 5077 * 5078 * Params: 5079 * file1 = the first #GFile 5080 * file2 = the second #GFile 5081 * Returns: %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. 5082 */ 5083 extern(C) int function(GFile* file1, GFile* file2) equal; 5084 /** 5085 * 5086 * Params: 5087 * file = input #GFile 5088 * Returns: %TRUE if @file is native 5089 */ 5090 extern(C) int function(GFile* file) isNative; 5091 /** 5092 * 5093 * Params: 5094 * file = input #GFile 5095 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme 5096 * Returns: %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the 5097 * given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, 5098 * not supported, or #GFile is invalid. 5099 */ 5100 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* uriScheme) hasUriScheme; 5101 /** 5102 * 5103 * Params: 5104 * file = input #GFile 5105 * Returns: a string containing the URI scheme for the given 5106 * #GFile or %NULL if the #GFile was constructed with an invalid URI. The 5107 * returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. 5108 */ 5109 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUriScheme; 5110 /** 5111 * 5112 * Params: 5113 * file = input #GFile 5114 * Returns: string containing the #GFile's 5115 * base name, or %NULL if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string 5116 * should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. 5117 */ 5118 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getBasename; 5119 /** 5120 * 5121 * Params: 5122 * file = input #GFile 5123 * Returns: string containing the #GFile's path, 5124 * or %NULL if no such path exists. The returned string should be freed 5125 * with g_free() when no longer needed. 5126 */ 5127 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getPath; 5128 /** 5129 * 5130 * Params: 5131 * file = input #GFile 5132 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's URI. If the #GFile was constructed 5133 * with an invalid URI, an invalid URI is returned. 5134 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 5135 * when no longer needed. 5136 */ 5137 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUri; 5138 /** 5139 * 5140 * Params: 5141 * file = input #GFile 5142 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's parse name. 5143 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 5144 * when no longer needed. 5145 */ 5146 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getParseName; 5147 /** 5148 * 5149 * Params: 5150 * file = input #GFile 5151 * Returns: a #GFile structure to the 5152 * parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free 5153 * the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5154 */ 5155 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) getParent; 5156 /** 5157 * 5158 * Params: 5159 * prefix = input #GFile 5160 * file = input #GFile 5161 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, 5162 * %FALSE otherwise. 5163 */ 5164 extern(C) int function(GFile* prefix, GFile* file) prefixMatches; 5165 /** 5166 * 5167 * Params: 5168 * parent = input #GFile 5169 * descendant = input #GFile 5170 * Returns: string with the relative path from 5171 * @descendant to @parent, or %NULL if @descendant doesn't have @parent as 5172 * prefix. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when 5173 * no longer needed. 5174 */ 5175 extern(C) char* function(GFile* parent, GFile* descendant) getRelativePath; 5176 /** 5177 * 5178 * Params: 5179 * file = input #GFile 5180 * relativePath = a given relative path string 5181 * Returns: a #GFile for the resolved path. 5182 */ 5183 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, char* relativePath) resolveRelativePath; 5184 /** 5185 * 5186 * Params: 5187 * file = input #GFile 5188 * displayName = string to a possible child 5189 * Returns: a #GFile to the specified child, or 5190 * %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. 5191 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5192 * 5193 * Throws: GException on failure. 5194 */ 5195 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GError** err) getChildForDisplayName; 5196 /** 5197 * 5198 * Params: 5199 * file = input #GFile 5200 * attributes = an attribute query string 5201 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 5202 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5203 * %NULL to ignore 5204 * Returns: A #GFileEnumerator if successful, 5205 * %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5206 * 5207 * Throws: GException on failure. 5208 */ 5209 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) enumerateChildren; 5210 /** */ 5211 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) enumerateChildrenAsync; 5212 /** 5213 * 5214 * Params: 5215 * file = input #GFile 5216 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5217 * Returns: a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL 5218 * if an error occurred. 5219 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5220 * 5221 * Throws: GException on failure. 5222 */ 5223 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) enumerateChildrenFinish; 5224 /** 5225 * 5226 * Params: 5227 * file = input #GFile 5228 * attributes = an attribute query string 5229 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 5230 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5231 * %NULL to ignore 5232 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL 5233 * on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5234 * 5235 * Throws: GException on failure. 5236 */ 5237 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5238 /** */ 5239 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5240 /** 5241 * 5242 * Params: 5243 * file = input #GFile 5244 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5245 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 5246 * or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with 5247 * g_object_unref(). 5248 * 5249 * Throws: GException on failure. 5250 */ 5251 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5252 /** 5253 * 5254 * Params: 5255 * file = input #GFile 5256 * attributes = an attribute query string 5257 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5258 * %NULL to ignore 5259 * Returns: a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. 5260 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5261 * 5262 * Throws: GException on failure. 5263 */ 5264 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfo; 5265 /** */ 5266 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryFilesystemInfoAsync; 5267 /** 5268 * 5269 * Params: 5270 * file = input #GFile 5271 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5272 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 5273 * or %NULL on error. 5274 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5275 * 5276 * Throws: GException on failure. 5277 */ 5278 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfoFinish; 5279 /** 5280 * 5281 * Params: 5282 * file = input #GFile 5283 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5284 * %NULL to ignore 5285 * Returns: a #GMount where the @file is located 5286 * or %NULL on error. 5287 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5288 * 5289 * Throws: GException on failure. 5290 */ 5291 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) findEnclosingMount; 5292 /** */ 5293 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) findEnclosingMountAsync; 5294 /** 5295 * 5296 * Params: 5297 * file = a #GFile 5298 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5299 * Returns: #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. 5300 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5301 * 5302 * Throws: GException on failure. 5303 */ 5304 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) findEnclosingMountFinish; 5305 /** 5306 * 5307 * Params: 5308 * file = input #GFile 5309 * displayName = a string 5310 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5311 * %NULL to ignore 5312 * Returns: a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, 5313 * or %NULL if there was an error. 5314 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5315 * 5316 * Throws: GException on failure. 5317 */ 5318 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setDisplayName; 5319 /** */ 5320 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setDisplayNameAsync; 5321 /** 5322 * 5323 * Params: 5324 * file = input #GFile 5325 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5326 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 5327 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5328 * 5329 * Throws: GException on failure. 5330 */ 5331 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) setDisplayNameFinish; 5332 /** 5333 * 5334 * Params: 5335 * file = input #GFile 5336 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5337 * %NULL to ignore 5338 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. 5339 * When you are done with it, release it with 5340 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 5341 * 5342 * Throws: GException on failure. 5343 */ 5344 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) querySettableAttributes; 5345 /** */ 5346 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesAsync; 5347 /** */ 5348 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesFinish; 5349 /** 5350 * 5351 * Params: 5352 * file = input #GFile 5353 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5354 * %NULL to ignore 5355 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. 5356 * When you are done with it, release it with 5357 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 5358 * 5359 * Throws: GException on failure. 5360 */ 5361 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryWritableNamespaces; 5362 /** */ 5363 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesAsync; 5364 /** */ 5365 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesFinish; 5366 /** 5367 * 5368 * Params: 5369 * file = input #GFile 5370 * attribute = a string containing the attribute's name 5371 * type = The type of the attribute 5372 * valueP = a pointer to the value (or the pointer 5373 * itself if the type is a pointer type) 5374 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 5375 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5376 * %NULL to ignore 5377 * Returns: %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. 5378 * 5379 * Throws: GException on failure. 5380 */ 5381 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* attribute, GFileAttributeType type, void* valueP, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttribute; 5382 /** 5383 * 5384 * Params: 5385 * file = input #GFile 5386 * info = a #GFileInfo 5387 * flags = #GFileQueryInfoFlags 5388 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5389 * %NULL to ignore 5390 * Returns: %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. 5391 * 5392 * Throws: GException on failure. 5393 */ 5394 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttributesFromInfo; 5395 /** */ 5396 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setAttributesAsync; 5397 /** 5398 * 5399 * Params: 5400 * file = input #GFile 5401 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5402 * info = a #GFileInfo 5403 * Returns: %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. 5404 * 5405 * Throws: GException on failure. 5406 */ 5407 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GFileInfo** info, GError** err) setAttributesFinish; 5408 /** 5409 * 5410 * Params: 5411 * file = #GFile to read 5412 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5413 * Returns: #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5414 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5415 * 5416 * Throws: GException on failure. 5417 */ 5418 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 5419 /** */ 5420 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 5421 /** 5422 * 5423 * Params: 5424 * file = input #GFile 5425 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5426 * Returns: a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5427 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5428 * 5429 * Throws: GException on failure. 5430 */ 5431 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) readFinish; 5432 /** 5433 * 5434 * Params: 5435 * file = input #GFile 5436 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5437 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5438 * %NULL to ignore 5439 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5440 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5441 * 5442 * Throws: GException on failure. 5443 */ 5444 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) appendTo; 5445 /** */ 5446 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) appendToAsync; 5447 /** 5448 * 5449 * Params: 5450 * file = input #GFile 5451 * res = #GAsyncResult 5452 * Returns: a valid #GFileOutputStream 5453 * or %NULL on error. 5454 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5455 * 5456 * Throws: GException on failure. 5457 */ 5458 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) appendToFinish; 5459 /** 5460 * 5461 * Params: 5462 * file = input #GFile 5463 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5464 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5465 * %NULL to ignore 5466 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created 5467 * file, or %NULL on error. 5468 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5469 * 5470 * Throws: GException on failure. 5471 */ 5472 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) create; 5473 /** */ 5474 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createAsync; 5475 /** 5476 * 5477 * Params: 5478 * file = input #GFile 5479 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5480 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5481 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5482 * 5483 * Throws: GException on failure. 5484 */ 5485 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createFinish; 5486 /** 5487 * 5488 * Params: 5489 * file = input #GFile 5490 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5491 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5492 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5493 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5494 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5495 * %NULL to ignore 5496 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5497 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5498 * 5499 * Throws: GException on failure. 5500 */ 5501 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replace; 5502 /** */ 5503 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceAsync; 5504 /** 5505 * 5506 * Params: 5507 * file = input #GFile 5508 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5509 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5510 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5511 * 5512 * Throws: GException on failure. 5513 */ 5514 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceFinish; 5515 /** 5516 * 5517 * Params: 5518 * file = input #GFile 5519 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5520 * %NULL to ignore 5521 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5522 * 5523 * Throws: GException on failure. 5524 */ 5525 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) deleteFile; 5526 /** */ 5527 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) deleteFileAsync; 5528 /** 5529 * 5530 * Params: 5531 * file = input #GFile 5532 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5533 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5534 * 5535 * Throws: GException on failure. 5536 */ 5537 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) deleteFileFinish; 5538 /** 5539 * 5540 * Params: 5541 * file = #GFile to send to trash 5542 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5543 * %NULL to ignore 5544 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5545 * 5546 * Throws: GException on failure. 5547 */ 5548 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) trash; 5549 /** */ 5550 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) trashAsync; 5551 /** 5552 * 5553 * Params: 5554 * file = input #GFile 5555 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5556 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5557 * 5558 * Throws: GException on failure. 5559 */ 5560 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) trashFinish; 5561 /** 5562 * 5563 * Params: 5564 * file = input #GFile 5565 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5566 * %NULL to ignore 5567 * Returns: %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5568 * 5569 * Throws: GException on failure. 5570 */ 5571 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeDirectory; 5572 /** */ 5573 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) makeDirectoryAsync; 5574 /** 5575 * 5576 * Params: 5577 * file = input #GFile 5578 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5579 * Returns: %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5580 * 5581 * Throws: GException on failure. 5582 */ 5583 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) makeDirectoryFinish; 5584 /** 5585 * 5586 * Params: 5587 * file = a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create 5588 * symlinkValue = a string with the path for the target 5589 * of the new symlink 5590 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5591 * %NULL to ignore 5592 * Returns: %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. 5593 * 5594 * Throws: GException on failure. 5595 */ 5596 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, char* symlinkValue, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeSymbolicLink; 5597 /** */ 5598 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkAsync; 5599 /** */ 5600 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkFinish; 5601 /** 5602 * 5603 * Params: 5604 * source = input #GFile 5605 * destination = destination #GFile 5606 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5607 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5608 * %NULL to ignore 5609 * progressCallback = function to callback with 5610 * progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed 5611 * progressCallbackData = user data to pass to @progress_callback 5612 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. 5613 * 5614 * Throws: GException on failure. 5615 */ 5616 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) copy; 5617 /** */ 5618 extern(C) void function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) copyAsync; 5619 /** 5620 * 5621 * Params: 5622 * file = input #GFile 5623 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5624 * Returns: a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 5625 * 5626 * Throws: GException on failure. 5627 */ 5628 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) copyFinish; 5629 /** 5630 * 5631 * Params: 5632 * source = #GFile pointing to the source location 5633 * destination = #GFile pointing to the destination location 5634 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5635 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5636 * %NULL to ignore 5637 * progressCallback = #GFileProgressCallback 5638 * function for updates 5639 * progressCallbackData = gpointer to user data for 5640 * the callback function 5641 * Returns: %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. 5642 * 5643 * Throws: GException on failure. 5644 */ 5645 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) move; 5646 /** */ 5647 extern(C) void function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) moveAsync; 5648 /** 5649 * 5650 * Params: 5651 * file = input source #GFile 5652 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5653 * Returns: %TRUE on successful file move, %FALSE otherwise. 5654 * 5655 * Throws: GException on failure. 5656 */ 5657 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) moveFinish; 5658 /** */ 5659 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountMountable; 5660 /** 5661 * 5662 * Params: 5663 * file = input #GFile 5664 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5665 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 5666 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5667 * 5668 * Throws: GException on failure. 5669 */ 5670 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountMountableFinish; 5671 /** */ 5672 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountable; 5673 /** 5674 * 5675 * Params: 5676 * file = input #GFile 5677 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5678 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5679 * %FALSE otherwise. 5680 * 5681 * Throws: GException on failure. 5682 */ 5683 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableFinish; 5684 /** */ 5685 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountable; 5686 /** 5687 * 5688 * Params: 5689 * file = input #GFile 5690 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5691 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5692 * %FALSE otherwise. 5693 * 5694 * Throws: GException on failure. 5695 */ 5696 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableFinish; 5697 /** */ 5698 extern(C) void function(GFile* location, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountEnclosingVolume; 5699 /** 5700 * 5701 * Params: 5702 * location = input #GFile 5703 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5704 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, 5705 * this function will return %FALSE and set @error 5706 * appropriately if present. 5707 * 5708 * Throws: GException on failure. 5709 */ 5710 extern(C) int function(GFile* location, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountEnclosingVolumeFinish; 5711 /** 5712 * 5713 * Params: 5714 * file = input #GFile 5715 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5716 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5717 * %NULL to ignore 5718 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5719 * or %NULL on error. 5720 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5721 * 5722 * Throws: GException on failure. 5723 */ 5724 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorDir; 5725 /** 5726 * 5727 * Params: 5728 * file = input #GFile 5729 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5730 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5731 * %NULL to ignore 5732 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5733 * or %NULL on error. 5734 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5735 * 5736 * Throws: GException on failure. 5737 */ 5738 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorFile; 5739 /** 5740 * 5741 * Params: 5742 * file = #GFile to open 5743 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5744 * Returns: #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5745 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5746 * 5747 * Throws: GException on failure. 5748 */ 5749 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) openReadwrite; 5750 /** */ 5751 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) openReadwriteAsync; 5752 /** 5753 * 5754 * Params: 5755 * file = input #GFile 5756 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5757 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5758 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5759 * 5760 * Throws: GException on failure. 5761 */ 5762 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) openReadwriteFinish; 5763 /** 5764 * 5765 * Params: 5766 * file = a #GFile 5767 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5768 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5769 * %NULL to ignore 5770 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream for the newly created 5771 * file, or %NULL on error. 5772 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5773 * 5774 * Throws: GException on failure. 5775 */ 5776 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) createReadwrite; 5777 /** */ 5778 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createReadwriteAsync; 5779 /** 5780 * 5781 * Params: 5782 * file = input #GFile 5783 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5784 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5785 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5786 * 5787 * Throws: GException on failure. 5788 */ 5789 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createReadwriteFinish; 5790 /** 5791 * 5792 * Params: 5793 * file = a #GFile 5794 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5795 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5796 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5797 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5798 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5799 * %NULL to ignore 5800 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5801 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5802 * 5803 * Throws: GException on failure. 5804 */ 5805 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replaceReadwrite; 5806 /** */ 5807 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceReadwriteAsync; 5808 /** 5809 * 5810 * Params: 5811 * file = input #GFile 5812 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5813 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. 5814 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5815 * 5816 * Throws: GException on failure. 5817 */ 5818 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceReadwriteFinish; 5819 /** */ 5820 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* startOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) startMountable; 5821 /** 5822 * 5823 * Params: 5824 * file = input #GFile 5825 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5826 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5827 * otherwise. 5828 * 5829 * Throws: GException on failure. 5830 */ 5831 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startMountableFinish; 5832 /** */ 5833 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stopMountable; 5834 /** 5835 * 5836 * Params: 5837 * file = input #GFile 5838 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5839 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5840 * %FALSE otherwise. 5841 * 5842 * Throws: GException on failure. 5843 */ 5844 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopMountableFinish; 5845 /** 5846 * a boolean that indicates whether the #GFile implementation supports thread-default contexts. Since 2.22. 5847 */ 5848 bool supportsThreadContexts; 5849 /** */ 5850 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountableWithOperation; 5851 /** 5852 * 5853 * Params: 5854 * file = input #GFile 5855 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5856 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5857 * %FALSE otherwise. 5858 * 5859 * Throws: GException on failure. 5860 */ 5861 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableWithOperationFinish; 5862 /** */ 5863 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountableWithOperation; 5864 /** 5865 * 5866 * Params: 5867 * file = input #GFile 5868 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5869 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5870 * %FALSE otherwise. 5871 * 5872 * Throws: GException on failure. 5873 */ 5874 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableWithOperationFinish; 5875 /** */ 5876 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollMountable; 5877 /** 5878 * 5879 * Params: 5880 * file = input #GFile 5881 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5882 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5883 * otherwise. 5884 * 5885 * Throws: GException on failure. 5886 */ 5887 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollMountableFinish; 5888 /** 5889 * 5890 * Params: 5891 * file = a #GFile 5892 * flags = #GFileMeasureFlags 5893 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable 5894 * progressCallback = a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback 5895 * progressData = user_data for @progress_callback 5896 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5897 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5898 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5899 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5900 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5901 * 5902 * Throws: GException on failure. 5903 */ 5904 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsage; 5905 /** */ 5906 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) measureDiskUsageAsync; 5907 /** 5908 * 5909 * Params: 5910 * file = a #GFile 5911 * result = the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 5912 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5913 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5914 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5915 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5916 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5917 * 5918 * Throws: GException on failure. 5919 */ 5920 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsageFinish; 5921 } 5922 5923 struct GFileInfo; 5924 5925 struct GFileInfoClass; 5926 5927 struct GFileInputStream 5928 { 5929 GInputStream parentInstance; 5930 GFileInputStreamPrivate* priv; 5931 } 5932 5933 struct GFileInputStreamClass 5934 { 5935 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5936 /** */ 5937 extern(C) long function(GFileInputStream* stream) tell; 5938 /** */ 5939 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream) canSeek; 5940 /** */ 5941 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5942 /** 5943 * 5944 * Params: 5945 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5946 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5947 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5948 * Returns: a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. 5949 * 5950 * Throws: GException on failure. 5951 */ 5952 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5953 /** */ 5954 extern(C) void function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5955 /** 5956 * 5957 * Params: 5958 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5959 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5960 * Returns: #GFileInfo. 5961 * 5962 * Throws: GException on failure. 5963 */ 5964 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5965 /** */ 5966 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5967 /** */ 5968 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5969 /** */ 5970 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5971 /** */ 5972 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5973 /** */ 5974 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5975 } 5976 5977 struct GFileInputStreamPrivate; 5978 5979 struct GFileMonitor 5980 { 5981 GObject parentInstance; 5982 GFileMonitorPrivate* priv; 5983 } 5984 5985 struct GFileMonitorClass 5986 { 5987 GObjectClass parentClass; 5988 /** */ 5989 extern(C) void function(GFileMonitor* monitor, GFile* file, GFile* otherFile, GFileMonitorEvent eventType) changed; 5990 /** 5991 * 5992 * Params: 5993 * monitor = a #GFileMonitor. 5994 * Returns: always %TRUE 5995 */ 5996 extern(C) int function(GFileMonitor* monitor) cancel; 5997 /** */ 5998 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5999 /** */ 6000 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6001 /** */ 6002 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6003 /** */ 6004 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6005 /** */ 6006 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6007 } 6008 6009 struct GFileMonitorPrivate; 6010 6011 struct GFileOutputStream 6012 { 6013 GOutputStream parentInstance; 6014 GFileOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6015 } 6016 6017 struct GFileOutputStreamClass 6018 { 6019 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 6020 /** */ 6021 extern(C) long function(GFileOutputStream* stream) tell; 6022 /** */ 6023 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canSeek; 6024 /** */ 6025 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 6026 /** */ 6027 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canTruncate; 6028 /** */ 6029 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 6030 /** 6031 * 6032 * Params: 6033 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 6034 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 6035 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6036 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 6037 * 6038 * Throws: GException on failure. 6039 */ 6040 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 6041 /** */ 6042 extern(C) void function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 6043 /** 6044 * 6045 * Params: 6046 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 6047 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6048 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 6049 * 6050 * Throws: GException on failure. 6051 */ 6052 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 6053 /** 6054 * 6055 * Params: 6056 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 6057 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 6058 */ 6059 extern(C) char* function(GFileOutputStream* stream) getEtag; 6060 /** */ 6061 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6062 /** */ 6063 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6064 /** */ 6065 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6066 /** */ 6067 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6068 /** */ 6069 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6070 } 6071 6072 struct GFileOutputStreamPrivate; 6073 6074 struct GFilenameCompleter; 6075 6076 struct GFilenameCompleterClass 6077 { 6078 GObjectClass parentClass; 6079 /** */ 6080 extern(C) void function(GFilenameCompleter* filenameCompleter) gotCompletionData; 6081 /** */ 6082 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6083 /** */ 6084 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6085 /** */ 6086 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6087 } 6088 6089 struct GFilterInputStream 6090 { 6091 GInputStream parentInstance; 6092 GInputStream* baseStream; 6093 } 6094 6095 struct GFilterInputStreamClass 6096 { 6097 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 6098 /** */ 6099 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6100 /** */ 6101 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6102 /** */ 6103 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6104 } 6105 6106 struct GFilterOutputStream 6107 { 6108 GOutputStream parentInstance; 6109 GOutputStream* baseStream; 6110 } 6111 6112 struct GFilterOutputStreamClass 6113 { 6114 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 6115 /** */ 6116 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6117 /** */ 6118 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6119 /** */ 6120 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6121 } 6122 6123 struct GIOExtension; 6124 6125 struct GIOExtensionPoint; 6126 6127 struct GIOModule; 6128 6129 struct GIOModuleClass; 6130 6131 struct GIOModuleScope; 6132 6133 struct GIOSchedulerJob; 6134 6135 struct GIOStream 6136 { 6137 GObject parentInstance; 6138 GIOStreamPrivate* priv; 6139 } 6140 6141 struct GIOStreamAdapter; 6142 6143 struct GIOStreamClass 6144 { 6145 GObjectClass parentClass; 6146 /** 6147 * 6148 * Params: 6149 * stream = a #GIOStream 6150 * Returns: a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 6151 * Do not free. 6152 */ 6153 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getInputStream; 6154 /** 6155 * 6156 * Params: 6157 * stream = a #GIOStream 6158 * Returns: a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 6159 * Do not free. 6160 */ 6161 extern(C) GOutputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getOutputStream; 6162 /** */ 6163 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6164 /** */ 6165 extern(C) void function(GIOStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6166 /** 6167 * 6168 * Params: 6169 * stream = a #GIOStream 6170 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6171 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 6172 * 6173 * Throws: GException on failure. 6174 */ 6175 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6176 /** */ 6177 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6178 /** */ 6179 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6180 /** */ 6181 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6182 /** */ 6183 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6184 /** */ 6185 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6186 /** */ 6187 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6188 /** */ 6189 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6190 /** */ 6191 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6192 /** */ 6193 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 6194 /** */ 6195 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 6196 } 6197 6198 struct GIOStreamPrivate; 6199 6200 struct GIcon; 6201 6202 /** 6203 * GIconIface is used to implement GIcon types for various 6204 * different systems. See #GThemedIcon and #GLoadableIcon for 6205 * examples of how to implement this interface. 6206 */ 6207 struct GIconIface 6208 { 6209 /** 6210 * The parent interface. 6211 */ 6212 GTypeInterface gIface; 6213 /** 6214 * 6215 * Params: 6216 * icon = #gconstpointer to an icon object. 6217 * Returns: a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for 6218 * use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 6219 */ 6220 extern(C) uint function(GIcon* icon) hash; 6221 /** 6222 * 6223 * Params: 6224 * icon1 = pointer to the first #GIcon. 6225 * icon2 = pointer to the second #GIcon. 6226 * Returns: %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. 6227 */ 6228 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon1, GIcon* icon2) equal; 6229 /** 6230 * 6231 * Params: 6232 * icon = a #GIcon. 6233 * Returns: An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or 6234 * %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. 6235 */ 6236 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon, GPtrArray* tokens, int* outVersion) toTokens; 6237 /** */ 6238 extern(C) GIcon* function(char** tokens, int numTokens, int version_, GError** err) fromTokens; 6239 /** 6240 * 6241 * Params: 6242 * icon = a #GIcon 6243 * Returns: a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. The #GVariant will not be floating. 6244 */ 6245 extern(C) GVariant* function(GIcon* icon) serialize; 6246 } 6247 6248 struct GInetAddress 6249 { 6250 GObject parentInstance; 6251 GInetAddressPrivate* priv; 6252 } 6253 6254 struct GInetAddressClass 6255 { 6256 GObjectClass parentClass; 6257 /** 6258 * 6259 * Params: 6260 * address = a #GInetAddress 6261 * Returns: a representation of @address as a string, which should be 6262 * freed after use. 6263 */ 6264 extern(C) char* function(GInetAddress* address) toString; 6265 /** 6266 * 6267 * Params: 6268 * address = a #GInetAddress 6269 * Returns: a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, 6270 * which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this 6271 * array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). 6272 */ 6273 extern(C) ubyte* function(GInetAddress* address) toBytes; 6274 } 6275 6276 struct GInetAddressMask 6277 { 6278 GObject parentInstance; 6279 GInetAddressMaskPrivate* priv; 6280 } 6281 6282 struct GInetAddressMaskClass 6283 { 6284 GObjectClass parentClass; 6285 } 6286 6287 struct GInetAddressMaskPrivate; 6288 6289 struct GInetAddressPrivate; 6290 6291 struct GInetSocketAddress 6292 { 6293 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 6294 GInetSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 6295 } 6296 6297 struct GInetSocketAddressClass 6298 { 6299 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 6300 } 6301 6302 struct GInetSocketAddressPrivate; 6303 6304 struct GInitable; 6305 6306 /** 6307 * Provides an interface for initializing object such that initialization 6308 * may fail. 6309 * 6310 * Since: 2.22 6311 */ 6312 struct GInitableIface 6313 { 6314 /** 6315 * The parent interface. 6316 */ 6317 GTypeInterface gIface; 6318 /** 6319 * 6320 * Params: 6321 * initable = a #GInitable. 6322 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6323 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will 6324 * return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 6325 * 6326 * Throws: GException on failure. 6327 */ 6328 extern(C) int function(GInitable* initable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) init; 6329 } 6330 6331 /** 6332 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input when receiving multiple 6333 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of empty 6334 * #GInputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 6335 * were one buffer, and will set @bytes_received to the total number of bytes 6336 * received across all #GInputVectors. 6337 * 6338 * This structure closely mirrors `struct mmsghdr` and `struct msghdr` from 6339 * the POSIX sockets API (see `man 2 recvmmsg`). 6340 * 6341 * If @address is non-%NULL then it is set to the source address the message 6342 * was received from, and the caller must free it afterwards. 6343 * 6344 * If @control_messages is non-%NULL then it is set to an array of control 6345 * messages received with the message (if any), and the caller must free it 6346 * afterwards. @num_control_messages is set to the number of elements in 6347 * this array, which may be zero. 6348 * 6349 * Flags relevant to this message will be returned in @flags. For example, 6350 * `MSG_EOR` or `MSG_TRUNC`. 6351 * 6352 * Since: 2.48 6353 */ 6354 struct GInputMessage 6355 { 6356 /** 6357 * return location 6358 * for a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 6359 */ 6360 GSocketAddress** address; 6361 /** 6362 * pointer to an 6363 * array of input vectors 6364 */ 6365 GInputVector* vectors; 6366 /** 6367 * the number of input vectors pointed to by @vectors 6368 */ 6369 uint numVectors; 6370 /** 6371 * will be set to the number of bytes that have been 6372 * received 6373 */ 6374 size_t bytesReceived; 6375 /** 6376 * collection of #GSocketMsgFlags for the received message, 6377 * outputted by the call 6378 */ 6379 int flags; 6380 /** 6381 * return location for a 6382 * caller-allocated array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL 6383 */ 6384 GSocketControlMessage*** controlMessages; 6385 /** 6386 * return location for the number of 6387 * elements in @control_messages 6388 */ 6389 uint* numControlMessages; 6390 } 6391 6392 struct GInputStream 6393 { 6394 GObject parentInstance; 6395 GInputStreamPrivate* priv; 6396 } 6397 6398 struct GInputStreamClass 6399 { 6400 GObjectClass parentClass; 6401 /** */ 6402 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 6403 /** 6404 * 6405 * Params: 6406 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6407 * count = the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream 6408 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6409 * Returns: Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error 6410 * 6411 * Throws: GException on failure. 6412 */ 6413 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) skip; 6414 /** */ 6415 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6416 /** */ 6417 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 6418 /** 6419 * 6420 * Params: 6421 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6422 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6423 * Returns: number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. 6424 * 6425 * Throws: GException on failure. 6426 */ 6427 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) readFinish; 6428 /** */ 6429 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) skipAsync; 6430 /** 6431 * 6432 * Params: 6433 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6434 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6435 * Returns: the size of the bytes skipped, or `-1` on error. 6436 * 6437 * Throws: GException on failure. 6438 */ 6439 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) skipFinish; 6440 /** */ 6441 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6442 /** 6443 * 6444 * Params: 6445 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6446 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6447 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. 6448 * 6449 * Throws: GException on failure. 6450 */ 6451 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6452 /** */ 6453 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6454 /** */ 6455 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6456 /** */ 6457 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6458 /** */ 6459 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6460 /** */ 6461 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6462 } 6463 6464 struct GInputStreamPrivate; 6465 6466 /** 6467 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input. 6468 * You generally pass in an array of #GInputVectors 6469 * and the operation will store the read data starting in the 6470 * first buffer, switching to the next as needed. 6471 * 6472 * Since: 2.22 6473 */ 6474 struct GInputVector 6475 { 6476 /** 6477 * Pointer to a buffer where data will be written. 6478 */ 6479 void* buffer; 6480 /** 6481 * the available size in @buffer. 6482 */ 6483 size_t size; 6484 } 6485 6486 struct GListModel; 6487 6488 /** 6489 * The virtual function table for #GListModel. 6490 * 6491 * Since: 2.44 6492 */ 6493 struct GListModelInterface 6494 { 6495 /** 6496 * parent #GTypeInterface 6497 */ 6498 GTypeInterface gIface; 6499 /** 6500 * 6501 * Params: 6502 * list = a #GListModel 6503 * Returns: the #GType of the items contained in @list. 6504 */ 6505 extern(C) GType function(GListModel* list) getItemType; 6506 /** 6507 * 6508 * Params: 6509 * list = a #GListModel 6510 * Returns: the number of items in @list. 6511 */ 6512 extern(C) uint function(GListModel* list) getNItems; 6513 /** 6514 * 6515 * Params: 6516 * list = a #GListModel 6517 * position = the position of the item to fetch 6518 * Returns: the object at @position. 6519 */ 6520 extern(C) void* function(GListModel* list, uint position) getItem; 6521 } 6522 6523 struct GListStore; 6524 6525 struct GListStoreClass 6526 { 6527 GObjectClass parentClass; 6528 } 6529 6530 struct GLoadableIcon; 6531 6532 /** 6533 * Interface for icons that can be loaded as a stream. 6534 */ 6535 struct GLoadableIconIface 6536 { 6537 /** 6538 * The parent interface. 6539 */ 6540 GTypeInterface gIface; 6541 /** 6542 * 6543 * Params: 6544 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6545 * size = an integer. 6546 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6547 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6548 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to 6549 * ignore. 6550 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6551 * 6552 * Throws: GException on failure. 6553 */ 6554 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, char** type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) load; 6555 /** */ 6556 extern(C) void function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) loadAsync; 6557 /** 6558 * 6559 * Params: 6560 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6561 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 6562 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6563 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6564 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6565 * 6566 * Throws: GException on failure. 6567 */ 6568 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, GAsyncResult* res, char** type, GError** err) loadFinish; 6569 } 6570 6571 struct GMemoryInputStream 6572 { 6573 GInputStream parentInstance; 6574 GMemoryInputStreamPrivate* priv; 6575 } 6576 6577 struct GMemoryInputStreamClass 6578 { 6579 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 6580 /** */ 6581 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6582 /** */ 6583 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6584 /** */ 6585 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6586 /** */ 6587 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6588 /** */ 6589 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6590 } 6591 6592 struct GMemoryInputStreamPrivate; 6593 6594 struct GMemoryMonitor; 6595 6596 /** 6597 * The virtual function table for #GMemoryMonitor. 6598 * 6599 * Since: 2.64 6600 */ 6601 struct GMemoryMonitorInterface 6602 { 6603 /** 6604 * The parent interface. 6605 */ 6606 GTypeInterface gIface; 6607 /** */ 6608 extern(C) void function(GMemoryMonitor* monitor, GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel level) lowMemoryWarning; 6609 } 6610 6611 struct GMemoryOutputStream 6612 { 6613 GOutputStream parentInstance; 6614 GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6615 } 6616 6617 struct GMemoryOutputStreamClass 6618 { 6619 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 6620 /** */ 6621 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6622 /** */ 6623 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6624 /** */ 6625 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6626 /** */ 6627 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6628 /** */ 6629 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6630 } 6631 6632 struct GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate; 6633 6634 struct GMenu; 6635 6636 struct GMenuAttributeIter 6637 { 6638 GObject parentInstance; 6639 GMenuAttributeIterPrivate* priv; 6640 } 6641 6642 struct GMenuAttributeIterClass 6643 { 6644 GObjectClass parentClass; 6645 /** 6646 * 6647 * Params: 6648 * iter = a #GMenuAttributeIter 6649 * outName = the type of the attribute 6650 * value = the attribute value 6651 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional 6652 * attribute 6653 */ 6654 extern(C) int function(GMenuAttributeIter* iter, char** outName, GVariant** value) getNext; 6655 } 6656 6657 struct GMenuAttributeIterPrivate; 6658 6659 struct GMenuItem; 6660 6661 struct GMenuLinkIter 6662 { 6663 GObject parentInstance; 6664 GMenuLinkIterPrivate* priv; 6665 } 6666 6667 struct GMenuLinkIterClass 6668 { 6669 GObjectClass parentClass; 6670 /** 6671 * 6672 * Params: 6673 * iter = a #GMenuLinkIter 6674 * outLink = the name of the link 6675 * value = the linked #GMenuModel 6676 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link 6677 */ 6678 extern(C) int function(GMenuLinkIter* iter, char** outLink, GMenuModel** value) getNext; 6679 } 6680 6681 struct GMenuLinkIterPrivate; 6682 6683 struct GMenuModel 6684 { 6685 GObject parentInstance; 6686 GMenuModelPrivate* priv; 6687 } 6688 6689 struct GMenuModelClass 6690 { 6691 GObjectClass parentClass; 6692 /** 6693 * 6694 * Params: 6695 * model = a #GMenuModel 6696 * Returns: %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be 6697 * emitted). 6698 */ 6699 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) isMutable; 6700 /** 6701 * 6702 * Params: 6703 * model = a #GMenuModel 6704 * Returns: the number of items 6705 */ 6706 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) getNItems; 6707 /** */ 6708 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** attributes) getItemAttributes; 6709 /** 6710 * 6711 * Params: 6712 * model = a #GMenuModel 6713 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6714 * Returns: a new #GMenuAttributeIter 6715 */ 6716 extern(C) GMenuAttributeIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemAttributes; 6717 /** 6718 * 6719 * Params: 6720 * model = a #GMenuModel 6721 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6722 * attribute = the attribute to query 6723 * expectedType = the expected type of the attribute, or 6724 * %NULL 6725 * Returns: the value of the attribute 6726 */ 6727 extern(C) GVariant* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* attribute, GVariantType* expectedType) getItemAttributeValue; 6728 /** */ 6729 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** links) getItemLinks; 6730 /** 6731 * 6732 * Params: 6733 * model = a #GMenuModel 6734 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6735 * Returns: a new #GMenuLinkIter 6736 */ 6737 extern(C) GMenuLinkIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemLinks; 6738 /** 6739 * 6740 * Params: 6741 * model = a #GMenuModel 6742 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6743 * link = the link to query 6744 * Returns: the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL 6745 */ 6746 extern(C) GMenuModel* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* link) getItemLink; 6747 } 6748 6749 struct GMenuModelPrivate; 6750 6751 struct GMount; 6752 6753 /** 6754 * Interface for implementing operations for mounts. 6755 */ 6756 struct GMountIface 6757 { 6758 /** 6759 * The parent interface. 6760 */ 6761 GTypeInterface gIface; 6762 /** */ 6763 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) changed; 6764 /** */ 6765 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) unmounted; 6766 /** 6767 * 6768 * Params: 6769 * mount = a #GMount. 6770 * Returns: a #GFile. 6771 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6772 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6773 */ 6774 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getRoot; 6775 /** 6776 * 6777 * Params: 6778 * mount = a #GMount. 6779 * Returns: the name for the given @mount. 6780 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6781 * when no longer needed. 6782 */ 6783 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getName; 6784 /** 6785 * 6786 * Params: 6787 * mount = a #GMount. 6788 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6789 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6790 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6791 */ 6792 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getIcon; 6793 /** 6794 * 6795 * Params: 6796 * mount = a #GMount. 6797 * Returns: the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID 6798 * can be computed. 6799 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6800 * when no longer needed. 6801 */ 6802 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getUuid; 6803 /** 6804 * 6805 * Params: 6806 * mount = a #GMount. 6807 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not 6808 * associated with a volume. 6809 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6810 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6811 */ 6812 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount) getVolume; 6813 /** 6814 * 6815 * Params: 6816 * mount = a #GMount. 6817 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not 6818 * associated with a volume or a drive. 6819 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6820 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6821 */ 6822 extern(C) GDrive* function(GMount* mount) getDrive; 6823 /** 6824 * 6825 * Params: 6826 * mount = a #GMount. 6827 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. 6828 */ 6829 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canUnmount; 6830 /** 6831 * 6832 * Params: 6833 * mount = a #GMount. 6834 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. 6835 */ 6836 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canEject; 6837 /** */ 6838 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmount; 6839 /** 6840 * 6841 * Params: 6842 * mount = a #GMount. 6843 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6844 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6845 * 6846 * Throws: GException on failure. 6847 */ 6848 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountFinish; 6849 /** */ 6850 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 6851 /** 6852 * 6853 * Params: 6854 * mount = a #GMount. 6855 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6856 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6857 * 6858 * Throws: GException on failure. 6859 */ 6860 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 6861 /** */ 6862 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) remount; 6863 /** 6864 * 6865 * Params: 6866 * mount = a #GMount. 6867 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6868 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6869 * 6870 * Throws: GException on failure. 6871 */ 6872 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) remountFinish; 6873 /** */ 6874 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) guessContentType; 6875 /** 6876 * 6877 * Params: 6878 * mount = a #GMount 6879 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6880 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6881 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6882 * 6883 * Throws: GException on failure. 6884 */ 6885 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) guessContentTypeFinish; 6886 /** 6887 * 6888 * Params: 6889 * mount = a #GMount 6890 * forceRescan = Whether to force a rescan of the content. 6891 * Otherwise a cached result will be used if available 6892 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 6893 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6894 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6895 * 6896 * Throws: GException on failure. 6897 */ 6898 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) guessContentTypeSync; 6899 /** */ 6900 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) preUnmount; 6901 /** */ 6902 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountWithOperation; 6903 /** 6904 * 6905 * Params: 6906 * mount = a #GMount. 6907 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6908 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6909 * 6910 * Throws: GException on failure. 6911 */ 6912 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountWithOperationFinish; 6913 /** */ 6914 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 6915 /** 6916 * 6917 * Params: 6918 * mount = a #GMount. 6919 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6920 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6921 * 6922 * Throws: GException on failure. 6923 */ 6924 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 6925 /** 6926 * 6927 * Params: 6928 * mount = a #GMount. 6929 * Returns: a #GFile. 6930 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6931 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6932 */ 6933 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getDefaultLocation; 6934 /** 6935 * 6936 * Params: 6937 * mount = A #GMount. 6938 * Returns: Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. 6939 */ 6940 extern(C) const(char)* function(GMount* mount) getSortKey; 6941 /** 6942 * 6943 * Params: 6944 * mount = a #GMount. 6945 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6946 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6947 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6948 */ 6949 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getSymbolicIcon; 6950 } 6951 6952 struct GMountOperation 6953 { 6954 GObject parentInstance; 6955 GMountOperationPrivate* priv; 6956 } 6957 6958 struct GMountOperationClass 6959 { 6960 GObjectClass parentClass; 6961 /** */ 6962 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, const(char)* defaultUser, const(char)* defaultDomain, GAskPasswordFlags flags) askPassword; 6963 /** */ 6964 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, char** choices) askQuestion; 6965 /** */ 6966 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, GMountOperationResult result) reply; 6967 /** */ 6968 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op) aborted; 6969 /** */ 6970 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, GArray* processes, char** choices) showProcesses; 6971 /** */ 6972 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, long timeLeft, long bytesLeft) showUnmountProgress; 6973 /** */ 6974 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6975 /** */ 6976 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6977 /** */ 6978 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6979 /** */ 6980 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6981 /** */ 6982 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6983 /** */ 6984 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6985 /** */ 6986 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6987 /** */ 6988 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6989 /** */ 6990 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 6991 } 6992 6993 struct GMountOperationPrivate; 6994 6995 struct GNativeSocketAddress 6996 { 6997 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 6998 GNativeSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 6999 } 7000 7001 struct GNativeSocketAddressClass 7002 { 7003 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 7004 } 7005 7006 struct GNativeSocketAddressPrivate; 7007 7008 struct GNativeVolumeMonitor 7009 { 7010 GVolumeMonitor parentInstance; 7011 } 7012 7013 struct GNativeVolumeMonitorClass 7014 { 7015 GVolumeMonitorClass parentClass; 7016 /** */ 7017 extern(C) GMount* function(const(char)* mountPath, GCancellable* cancellable) getMountForMountPath; 7018 } 7019 7020 struct GNetworkAddress 7021 { 7022 GObject parentInstance; 7023 GNetworkAddressPrivate* priv; 7024 } 7025 7026 struct GNetworkAddressClass 7027 { 7028 GObjectClass parentClass; 7029 } 7030 7031 struct GNetworkAddressPrivate; 7032 7033 struct GNetworkMonitor; 7034 7035 /** 7036 * The virtual function table for #GNetworkMonitor. 7037 * 7038 * Since: 2.32 7039 */ 7040 struct GNetworkMonitorInterface 7041 { 7042 /** 7043 * The parent interface. 7044 */ 7045 GTypeInterface gIface; 7046 /** */ 7047 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, int networkAvailable) networkChanged; 7048 /** 7049 * 7050 * Params: 7051 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 7052 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7053 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7054 * Returns: %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. 7055 * 7056 * Throws: GException on failure. 7057 */ 7058 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) canReach; 7059 /** */ 7060 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) canReachAsync; 7061 /** 7062 * 7063 * Params: 7064 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 7065 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7066 * Returns: %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. 7067 * 7068 * Throws: GException on failure. 7069 */ 7070 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) canReachFinish; 7071 } 7072 7073 struct GNetworkService 7074 { 7075 GObject parentInstance; 7076 GNetworkServicePrivate* priv; 7077 } 7078 7079 struct GNetworkServiceClass 7080 { 7081 GObjectClass parentClass; 7082 } 7083 7084 struct GNetworkServicePrivate; 7085 7086 struct GNotification; 7087 7088 /** 7089 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output when sending multiple 7090 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of 7091 * #GOutputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 7092 * were one buffer. 7093 * 7094 * If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver 7095 * (as previously set by g_socket_connect()). 7096 * 7097 * Since: 2.44 7098 */ 7099 struct GOutputMessage 7100 { 7101 /** 7102 * a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 7103 */ 7104 GSocketAddress* address; 7105 /** 7106 * pointer to an array of output vectors 7107 */ 7108 GOutputVector* vectors; 7109 /** 7110 * the number of output vectors pointed to by @vectors. 7111 */ 7112 uint numVectors; 7113 /** 7114 * initialize to 0. Will be set to the number of bytes 7115 * that have been sent 7116 */ 7117 uint bytesSent; 7118 /** 7119 * a pointer 7120 * to an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. 7121 */ 7122 GSocketControlMessage** controlMessages; 7123 /** 7124 * number of elements in @control_messages. 7125 */ 7126 uint numControlMessages; 7127 } 7128 7129 struct GOutputStream 7130 { 7131 GObject parentInstance; 7132 GOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 7133 } 7134 7135 struct GOutputStreamClass 7136 { 7137 GObjectClass parentClass; 7138 /** 7139 * 7140 * Params: 7141 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7142 * buffer = the buffer containing the data to write. 7143 * count = the number of bytes to write 7144 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 7145 * Returns: Number of bytes written, or -1 on error 7146 * 7147 * Throws: GException on failure. 7148 */ 7149 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) writeFn; 7150 /** 7151 * 7152 * Params: 7153 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7154 * source = a #GInputStream. 7155 * flags = a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. 7156 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7157 * Returns: a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or 7158 * -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes 7159 * spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be 7160 * returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number 7161 * of bytes spliced. 7162 * 7163 * Throws: GException on failure. 7164 */ 7165 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) splice; 7166 /** 7167 * 7168 * Params: 7169 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7170 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 7171 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error 7172 * 7173 * Throws: GException on failure. 7174 */ 7175 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) flush; 7176 /** */ 7177 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 7178 /** */ 7179 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) writeAsync; 7180 /** 7181 * 7182 * Params: 7183 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7184 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 7185 * Returns: a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. 7186 * 7187 * Throws: GException on failure. 7188 */ 7189 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) writeFinish; 7190 /** */ 7191 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) spliceAsync; 7192 /** 7193 * 7194 * Params: 7195 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7196 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 7197 * Returns: a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the 7198 * number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that 7199 * will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual 7200 * number of bytes spliced. 7201 * 7202 * Throws: GException on failure. 7203 */ 7204 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) spliceFinish; 7205 /** */ 7206 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) flushAsync; 7207 /** 7208 * 7209 * Params: 7210 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7211 * result = a GAsyncResult. 7212 * Returns: %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. 7213 * 7214 * Throws: GException on failure. 7215 */ 7216 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) flushFinish; 7217 /** */ 7218 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 7219 /** 7220 * 7221 * Params: 7222 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7223 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 7224 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 7225 * 7226 * Throws: GException on failure. 7227 */ 7228 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 7229 /** 7230 * 7231 * Params: 7232 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7233 * vectors = the buffer containing the #GOutputVectors to write. 7234 * nVectors = the number of vectors to write 7235 * bytesWritten = location to store the number of bytes that were 7236 * written to the stream 7237 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 7238 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error 7239 * 7240 * Throws: GException on failure. 7241 */ 7242 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GOutputVector* vectors, size_t nVectors, size_t* bytesWritten, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) writevFn; 7243 /** */ 7244 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, GOutputVector* vectors, size_t nVectors, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) writevAsync; 7245 /** 7246 * 7247 * Params: 7248 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 7249 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 7250 * bytesWritten = location to store the number of bytes that were written to the stream 7251 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error 7252 * 7253 * Throws: GException on failure. 7254 */ 7255 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) writevFinish; 7256 /** */ 7257 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7258 /** */ 7259 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7260 /** */ 7261 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7262 /** */ 7263 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7264 /** */ 7265 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 7266 } 7267 7268 struct GOutputStreamPrivate; 7269 7270 /** 7271 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output. 7272 * You generally pass in an array of #GOutputVectors 7273 * and the operation will use all the buffers as if they were 7274 * one buffer. 7275 * 7276 * Since: 2.22 7277 */ 7278 struct GOutputVector 7279 { 7280 /** 7281 * Pointer to a buffer of data to read. 7282 */ 7283 void* buffer; 7284 /** 7285 * the size of @buffer. 7286 */ 7287 size_t size; 7288 } 7289 7290 struct GPermission 7291 { 7292 GObject parentInstance; 7293 GPermissionPrivate* priv; 7294 } 7295 7296 struct GPermissionClass 7297 { 7298 GObjectClass parentClass; 7299 /** 7300 * 7301 * Params: 7302 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7303 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7304 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 7305 * 7306 * Throws: GException on failure. 7307 */ 7308 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) acquire; 7309 /** */ 7310 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) acquireAsync; 7311 /** 7312 * 7313 * Params: 7314 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7315 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 7316 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 7317 * 7318 * Throws: GException on failure. 7319 */ 7320 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) acquireFinish; 7321 /** 7322 * 7323 * Params: 7324 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7325 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7326 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 7327 * 7328 * Throws: GException on failure. 7329 */ 7330 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) release; 7331 /** */ 7332 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) releaseAsync; 7333 /** 7334 * 7335 * Params: 7336 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7337 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 7338 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 7339 * 7340 * Throws: GException on failure. 7341 */ 7342 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) releaseFinish; 7343 void*[16] reserved; 7344 } 7345 7346 struct GPermissionPrivate; 7347 7348 struct GPollableInputStream; 7349 7350 /** 7351 * The interface for pollable input streams. 7352 * 7353 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 7354 * 7355 * The default implementation of @read_nonblocking calls 7356 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), and then calls 7357 * g_input_stream_read() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need 7358 * to override it if it is possible that your @is_readable 7359 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 7360 * readable. 7361 * 7362 * Since: 2.28 7363 */ 7364 struct GPollableInputStreamInterface 7365 { 7366 /** 7367 * The parent interface. 7368 */ 7369 GTypeInterface gIface; 7370 /** 7371 * 7372 * Params: 7373 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 7374 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 7375 */ 7376 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) canPoll; 7377 /** 7378 * 7379 * Params: 7380 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 7381 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error 7382 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 7383 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the 7384 * next attempt to read will return the error. 7385 */ 7386 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) isReadable; 7387 /** 7388 * 7389 * Params: 7390 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 7391 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7392 * Returns: a new #GSource 7393 */ 7394 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 7395 /** 7396 * 7397 * Params: 7398 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream 7399 * buffer = a 7400 * buffer to read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). 7401 * count = the number of bytes you want to read 7402 * Returns: the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including 7403 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 7404 * 7405 * Throws: GException on failure. 7406 */ 7407 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) readNonblocking; 7408 } 7409 7410 struct GPollableOutputStream; 7411 7412 /** 7413 * The interface for pollable output streams. 7414 * 7415 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 7416 * 7417 * The default implementation of @write_nonblocking calls 7418 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), and then calls 7419 * g_output_stream_write() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only 7420 * need to override it if it is possible that your @is_writable 7421 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 7422 * writable. 7423 * 7424 * The default implementation of @writev_nonblocking calls 7425 * g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() for each vector, and converts 7426 * its return value and error (if set) to a #GPollableReturn. You should 7427 * override this where possible to avoid having to allocate a #GError to return 7428 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. 7429 * 7430 * Since: 2.28 7431 */ 7432 struct GPollableOutputStreamInterface 7433 { 7434 /** 7435 * The parent interface. 7436 */ 7437 GTypeInterface gIface; 7438 /** 7439 * 7440 * Params: 7441 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 7442 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 7443 */ 7444 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) canPoll; 7445 /** 7446 * 7447 * Params: 7448 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 7449 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error 7450 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 7451 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the 7452 * next attempt to write will return the error. 7453 */ 7454 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) isWritable; 7455 /** 7456 * 7457 * Params: 7458 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 7459 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7460 * Returns: a new #GSource 7461 */ 7462 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 7463 /** 7464 * 7465 * Params: 7466 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream 7467 * buffer = a buffer to write 7468 * data from 7469 * count = the number of bytes you want to write 7470 * Returns: the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including 7471 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 7472 * 7473 * Throws: GException on failure. 7474 */ 7475 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) writeNonblocking; 7476 /** 7477 * 7478 * Params: 7479 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream 7480 * vectors = the buffer containing the #GOutputVectors to write. 7481 * nVectors = the number of vectors to write 7482 * bytesWritten = location to store the number of bytes that were 7483 * written to the stream 7484 * Returns: %@G_POLLABLE_RETURN_OK on success, %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK 7485 * if the stream is not currently writable (and @error is *not* set), or 7486 * %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_FAILED if there was an error in which case @error will 7487 * be set. 7488 * 7489 * Throws: GException on failure. 7490 */ 7491 extern(C) GPollableReturn function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, GOutputVector* vectors, size_t nVectors, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) writevNonblocking; 7492 } 7493 7494 struct GPowerProfileMonitor; 7495 7496 /** 7497 * The virtual function table for #GPowerProfileMonitor. 7498 * 7499 * Since: 2.70 7500 */ 7501 struct GPowerProfileMonitorInterface 7502 { 7503 /** 7504 * The parent interface. 7505 */ 7506 GTypeInterface gIface; 7507 } 7508 7509 struct GPropertyAction; 7510 7511 struct GProxy; 7512 7513 struct GProxyAddress 7514 { 7515 GInetSocketAddress parentInstance; 7516 GProxyAddressPrivate* priv; 7517 } 7518 7519 /** 7520 * Class structure for #GProxyAddress. 7521 * 7522 * Since: 2.26 7523 */ 7524 struct GProxyAddressClass 7525 { 7526 GInetSocketAddressClass parentClass; 7527 } 7528 7529 struct GProxyAddressEnumerator 7530 { 7531 GSocketAddressEnumerator parentInstance; 7532 GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 7533 } 7534 7535 /** 7536 * Class structure for #GProxyAddressEnumerator. 7537 */ 7538 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorClass 7539 { 7540 GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass parentClass; 7541 /** */ 7542 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7543 /** */ 7544 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7545 /** */ 7546 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7547 /** */ 7548 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7549 /** */ 7550 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7551 /** */ 7552 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7553 /** */ 7554 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7555 } 7556 7557 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate; 7558 7559 struct GProxyAddressPrivate; 7560 7561 /** 7562 * Provides an interface for handling proxy connection and payload. 7563 * 7564 * Since: 2.26 7565 */ 7566 struct GProxyInterface 7567 { 7568 /** 7569 * The parent interface. 7570 */ 7571 GTypeInterface gIface; 7572 /** 7573 * 7574 * Params: 7575 * proxy = a #GProxy 7576 * connection = a #GIOStream 7577 * proxyAddress = a #GProxyAddress 7578 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 7579 * Returns: a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might 7580 * be the same as @connection, in which case a reference 7581 * will be added. 7582 * 7583 * Throws: GException on failure. 7584 */ 7585 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) connect; 7586 /** */ 7587 extern(C) void function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) connectAsync; 7588 /** 7589 * 7590 * Params: 7591 * proxy = a #GProxy 7592 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7593 * Returns: a #GIOStream. 7594 * 7595 * Throws: GException on failure. 7596 */ 7597 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) connectFinish; 7598 /** 7599 * 7600 * Params: 7601 * proxy = a #GProxy 7602 * Returns: %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. 7603 */ 7604 extern(C) int function(GProxy* proxy) supportsHostname; 7605 } 7606 7607 struct GProxyResolver; 7608 7609 /** 7610 * The virtual function table for #GProxyResolver. 7611 */ 7612 struct GProxyResolverInterface 7613 { 7614 /** 7615 * The parent interface. 7616 */ 7617 GTypeInterface gIface; 7618 /** 7619 * 7620 * Params: 7621 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7622 * Returns: %TRUE if @resolver is supported. 7623 */ 7624 extern(C) int function(GProxyResolver* resolver) isSupported; 7625 /** 7626 * 7627 * Params: 7628 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7629 * uri = a URI representing the destination to connect to 7630 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7631 * Returns: A 7632 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7633 * with g_strfreev(). 7634 * 7635 * Throws: GException on failure. 7636 */ 7637 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookup; 7638 /** */ 7639 extern(C) void function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupAsync; 7640 /** 7641 * 7642 * Params: 7643 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7644 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7645 * Returns: A 7646 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7647 * with g_strfreev(). 7648 * 7649 * Throws: GException on failure. 7650 */ 7651 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupFinish; 7652 } 7653 7654 struct GRemoteActionGroup; 7655 7656 /** 7657 * The virtual function table for #GRemoteActionGroup. 7658 * 7659 * Since: 2.32 7660 */ 7661 struct GRemoteActionGroupInterface 7662 { 7663 GTypeInterface gIface; 7664 /** */ 7665 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter, GVariant* platformData) activateActionFull; 7666 /** */ 7667 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value, GVariant* platformData) changeActionStateFull; 7668 } 7669 7670 struct GResolver 7671 { 7672 GObject parentInstance; 7673 GResolverPrivate* priv; 7674 } 7675 7676 struct GResolverClass 7677 { 7678 GObjectClass parentClass; 7679 /** */ 7680 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver) reload; 7681 /** 7682 * 7683 * Params: 7684 * resolver = a #GResolver 7685 * hostname = the hostname to look up 7686 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7687 * Returns: a non-empty #GList 7688 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You 7689 * must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are 7690 * done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) 7691 * 7692 * Throws: GException on failure. 7693 */ 7694 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByName; 7695 /** */ 7696 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByNameAsync; 7697 /** 7698 * 7699 * Params: 7700 * resolver = a #GResolver 7701 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7702 * Returns: a #GList 7703 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() 7704 * for more details. 7705 * 7706 * Throws: GException on failure. 7707 */ 7708 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByNameFinish; 7709 /** 7710 * 7711 * Params: 7712 * resolver = a #GResolver 7713 * address = the address to reverse-resolve 7714 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7715 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7716 * form), or %NULL on error. 7717 * 7718 * Throws: GException on failure. 7719 */ 7720 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByAddress; 7721 /** */ 7722 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByAddressAsync; 7723 /** 7724 * 7725 * Params: 7726 * resolver = a #GResolver 7727 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7728 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7729 * form), or %NULL on error. 7730 * 7731 * Throws: GException on failure. 7732 */ 7733 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByAddressFinish; 7734 /** */ 7735 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupService; 7736 /** */ 7737 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupServiceAsync; 7738 /** 7739 * 7740 * Params: 7741 * resolver = a #GResolver 7742 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7743 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7744 * #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more 7745 * details. 7746 * 7747 * Throws: GException on failure. 7748 */ 7749 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupServiceFinish; 7750 /** 7751 * 7752 * Params: 7753 * resolver = a #GResolver 7754 * rrname = the DNS name to look up the record for 7755 * recordType = the type of DNS record to look up 7756 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7757 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7758 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7759 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7760 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7761 * 7762 * Throws: GException on failure. 7763 */ 7764 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupRecords; 7765 /** */ 7766 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupRecordsAsync; 7767 /** 7768 * 7769 * Params: 7770 * resolver = a #GResolver 7771 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7772 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7773 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7774 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7775 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7776 * 7777 * Throws: GException on failure. 7778 */ 7779 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupRecordsFinish; 7780 /** */ 7781 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GResolverNameLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByNameWithFlagsAsync; 7782 /** 7783 * 7784 * Params: 7785 * resolver = a #GResolver 7786 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7787 * Returns: a #GList 7788 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() 7789 * for more details. 7790 * 7791 * Throws: GException on failure. 7792 */ 7793 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByNameWithFlagsFinish; 7794 /** 7795 * 7796 * Params: 7797 * resolver = a #GResolver 7798 * hostname = the hostname to look up 7799 * flags = extra #GResolverNameLookupFlags for the lookup 7800 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7801 * Returns: a non-empty #GList 7802 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You 7803 * must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are 7804 * done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) 7805 * 7806 * Throws: GException on failure. 7807 */ 7808 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GResolverNameLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByNameWithFlags; 7809 } 7810 7811 struct GResolverPrivate; 7812 7813 struct GResource; 7814 7815 struct GSeekable; 7816 7817 /** 7818 * Provides an interface for implementing seekable functionality on I/O Streams. 7819 */ 7820 struct GSeekableIface 7821 { 7822 /** 7823 * The parent interface. 7824 */ 7825 GTypeInterface gIface; 7826 /** 7827 * 7828 * Params: 7829 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7830 * Returns: the (positive or zero) offset from the beginning of the 7831 * buffer, zero if the target is not seekable. 7832 */ 7833 extern(C) long function(GSeekable* seekable) tell; 7834 /** 7835 * 7836 * Params: 7837 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7838 * Returns: %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. 7839 */ 7840 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canSeek; 7841 /** 7842 * 7843 * Params: 7844 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7845 * offset = a #goffset. 7846 * type = a #GSeekType. 7847 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7848 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7849 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7850 * appropriately if present. 7851 * 7852 * Throws: GException on failure. 7853 */ 7854 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 7855 /** 7856 * 7857 * Params: 7858 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7859 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. 7860 */ 7861 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canTruncate; 7862 /** 7863 * 7864 * Params: 7865 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7866 * offset = new length for @seekable, in bytes. 7867 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7868 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7869 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7870 * appropriately if present. 7871 * 7872 * Throws: GException on failure. 7873 */ 7874 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 7875 } 7876 7877 struct GSettings 7878 { 7879 GObject parentInstance; 7880 GSettingsPrivate* priv; 7881 } 7882 7883 struct GSettingsBackend 7884 { 7885 GObject parentInstance; 7886 GSettingsBackendPrivate* priv; 7887 } 7888 7889 /** 7890 * Class structure for #GSettingsBackend. 7891 */ 7892 struct GSettingsBackendClass 7893 { 7894 GObjectClass parentClass; 7895 /** */ 7896 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType, int defaultValue) read; 7897 /** */ 7898 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key) getWritable; 7899 /** */ 7900 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariant* value, void* originTag) write; 7901 /** */ 7902 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, GTree* tree, void* originTag) writeTree; 7903 /** */ 7904 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, void* originTag) reset; 7905 /** */ 7906 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) subscribe; 7907 /** */ 7908 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) unsubscribe; 7909 /** */ 7910 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend) sync; 7911 /** */ 7912 extern(C) GPermission* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* path) getPermission; 7913 /** */ 7914 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType) readUserValue; 7915 void*[23] padding; 7916 } 7917 7918 struct GSettingsBackendPrivate; 7919 7920 struct GSettingsClass 7921 { 7922 GObjectClass parentClass; 7923 /** */ 7924 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) writableChanged; 7925 /** */ 7926 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) changed; 7927 /** */ 7928 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark key) writableChangeEvent; 7929 /** */ 7930 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark* keys, int nKeys) changeEvent; 7931 void*[20] padding; 7932 } 7933 7934 struct GSettingsPrivate; 7935 7936 struct GSettingsSchema; 7937 7938 struct GSettingsSchemaKey; 7939 7940 struct GSettingsSchemaSource; 7941 7942 struct GSimpleAction; 7943 7944 struct GSimpleActionGroup 7945 { 7946 GObject parentInstance; 7947 GSimpleActionGroupPrivate* priv; 7948 } 7949 7950 struct GSimpleActionGroupClass 7951 { 7952 GObjectClass parentClass; 7953 void*[12] padding; 7954 } 7955 7956 struct GSimpleActionGroupPrivate; 7957 7958 struct GSimpleAsyncResult; 7959 7960 struct GSimpleAsyncResultClass; 7961 7962 struct GSimpleIOStream; 7963 7964 struct GSimplePermission; 7965 7966 struct GSimpleProxyResolver 7967 { 7968 GObject parentInstance; 7969 GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate* priv; 7970 } 7971 7972 struct GSimpleProxyResolverClass 7973 { 7974 GObjectClass parentClass; 7975 /** */ 7976 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7977 /** */ 7978 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7979 /** */ 7980 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7981 /** */ 7982 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7983 /** */ 7984 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7985 } 7986 7987 struct GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate; 7988 7989 struct GSocket 7990 { 7991 GObject parentInstance; 7992 GSocketPrivate* priv; 7993 } 7994 7995 struct GSocketAddress 7996 { 7997 GObject parentInstance; 7998 } 7999 8000 struct GSocketAddressClass 8001 { 8002 GObjectClass parentClass; 8003 /** 8004 * 8005 * Params: 8006 * address = a #GSocketAddress 8007 * Returns: the socket family type of @address 8008 */ 8009 extern(C) GSocketFamily function(GSocketAddress* address) getFamily; 8010 /** 8011 * 8012 * Params: 8013 * address = a #GSocketAddress 8014 * Returns: the size of the native struct sockaddr that 8015 * @address represents 8016 */ 8017 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GSocketAddress* address) getNativeSize; 8018 /** 8019 * 8020 * Params: 8021 * address = a #GSocketAddress 8022 * dest = a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native 8023 * struct sockaddr 8024 * destlen = the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as 8025 * g_socket_address_get_native_size() 8026 * Returns: %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error 8027 * 8028 * Throws: GException on failure. 8029 */ 8030 extern(C) int function(GSocketAddress* address, void* dest, size_t destlen, GError** err) toNative; 8031 } 8032 8033 struct GSocketAddressEnumerator 8034 { 8035 GObject parentInstance; 8036 } 8037 8038 /** 8039 * Class structure for #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 8040 */ 8041 struct GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass 8042 { 8043 GObjectClass parentClass; 8044 /** 8045 * 8046 * Params: 8047 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 8048 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 8049 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 8050 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 8051 * more addresses. 8052 * 8053 * Throws: GException on failure. 8054 */ 8055 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) next; 8056 /** */ 8057 extern(C) void function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextAsync; 8058 /** 8059 * 8060 * Params: 8061 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 8062 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8063 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 8064 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 8065 * more addresses. 8066 * 8067 * Throws: GException on failure. 8068 */ 8069 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFinish; 8070 } 8071 8072 struct GSocketClass 8073 { 8074 GObjectClass parentClass; 8075 /** */ 8076 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8077 /** */ 8078 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8079 /** */ 8080 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8081 /** */ 8082 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8083 /** */ 8084 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8085 /** */ 8086 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8087 /** */ 8088 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 8089 /** */ 8090 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 8091 /** */ 8092 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 8093 /** */ 8094 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 8095 } 8096 8097 struct GSocketClient 8098 { 8099 GObject parentInstance; 8100 GSocketClientPrivate* priv; 8101 } 8102 8103 struct GSocketClientClass 8104 { 8105 GObjectClass parentClass; 8106 /** */ 8107 extern(C) void function(GSocketClient* client, GSocketClientEvent event, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GIOStream* connection) event; 8108 /** */ 8109 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8110 /** */ 8111 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8112 /** */ 8113 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8114 /** */ 8115 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8116 } 8117 8118 struct GSocketClientPrivate; 8119 8120 struct GSocketConnectable; 8121 8122 /** 8123 * Provides an interface for returning a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 8124 * and #GProxyAddressEnumerator 8125 */ 8126 struct GSocketConnectableIface 8127 { 8128 /** 8129 * The parent interface. 8130 */ 8131 GTypeInterface gIface; 8132 /** 8133 * 8134 * Params: 8135 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 8136 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 8137 */ 8138 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) enumerate; 8139 /** 8140 * 8141 * Params: 8142 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 8143 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 8144 */ 8145 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) proxyEnumerate; 8146 /** 8147 * 8148 * Params: 8149 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 8150 * Returns: the formatted string 8151 */ 8152 extern(C) char* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) toString; 8153 } 8154 8155 struct GSocketConnection 8156 { 8157 GIOStream parentInstance; 8158 GSocketConnectionPrivate* priv; 8159 } 8160 8161 struct GSocketConnectionClass 8162 { 8163 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 8164 /** */ 8165 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8166 /** */ 8167 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8168 /** */ 8169 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8170 /** */ 8171 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8172 /** */ 8173 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8174 /** */ 8175 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8176 } 8177 8178 struct GSocketConnectionPrivate; 8179 8180 struct GSocketControlMessage 8181 { 8182 GObject parentInstance; 8183 GSocketControlMessagePrivate* priv; 8184 } 8185 8186 /** 8187 * Class structure for #GSocketControlMessage. 8188 */ 8189 struct GSocketControlMessageClass 8190 { 8191 GObjectClass parentClass; 8192 /** 8193 * 8194 * Params: 8195 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 8196 * Returns: The number of bytes required. 8197 */ 8198 extern(C) size_t function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getSize; 8199 /** 8200 * 8201 * Params: 8202 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 8203 * Returns: an integer describing the level 8204 */ 8205 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getLevel; 8206 /** */ 8207 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getType; 8208 /** */ 8209 extern(C) void function(GSocketControlMessage* message, void* data) serialize; 8210 /** */ 8211 extern(C) GSocketControlMessage* function(int level, int type, size_t size, void* data) deserialize; 8212 /** */ 8213 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8214 /** */ 8215 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8216 /** */ 8217 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8218 /** */ 8219 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8220 /** */ 8221 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8222 } 8223 8224 struct GSocketControlMessagePrivate; 8225 8226 struct GSocketListener 8227 { 8228 GObject parentInstance; 8229 GSocketListenerPrivate* priv; 8230 } 8231 8232 /** 8233 * Class structure for #GSocketListener. 8234 */ 8235 struct GSocketListenerClass 8236 { 8237 GObjectClass parentClass; 8238 /** */ 8239 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener) changed; 8240 /** */ 8241 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener, GSocketListenerEvent event, GSocket* socket) event; 8242 /** */ 8243 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8244 /** */ 8245 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8246 /** */ 8247 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8248 /** */ 8249 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8250 /** */ 8251 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8252 } 8253 8254 struct GSocketListenerPrivate; 8255 8256 struct GSocketPrivate; 8257 8258 struct GSocketService 8259 { 8260 GSocketListener parentInstance; 8261 GSocketServicePrivate* priv; 8262 } 8263 8264 /** 8265 * Class structure for #GSocketService. 8266 */ 8267 struct GSocketServiceClass 8268 { 8269 GSocketListenerClass parentClass; 8270 /** */ 8271 extern(C) int function(GSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) incoming; 8272 /** */ 8273 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8274 /** */ 8275 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8276 /** */ 8277 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8278 /** */ 8279 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8280 /** */ 8281 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8282 /** */ 8283 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8284 } 8285 8286 struct GSocketServicePrivate; 8287 8288 struct GSrvTarget; 8289 8290 struct GStaticResource 8291 { 8292 ubyte* data; 8293 size_t dataLen; 8294 GResource* resource; 8295 GStaticResource* next; 8296 void* padding; 8297 } 8298 8299 struct GSubprocess; 8300 8301 struct GSubprocessLauncher; 8302 8303 struct GTask; 8304 8305 struct GTaskClass; 8306 8307 struct GTcpConnection 8308 { 8309 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 8310 GTcpConnectionPrivate* priv; 8311 } 8312 8313 struct GTcpConnectionClass 8314 { 8315 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 8316 } 8317 8318 struct GTcpConnectionPrivate; 8319 8320 struct GTcpWrapperConnection 8321 { 8322 GTcpConnection parentInstance; 8323 GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate* priv; 8324 } 8325 8326 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionClass 8327 { 8328 GTcpConnectionClass parentClass; 8329 } 8330 8331 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate; 8332 8333 struct GTestDBus; 8334 8335 struct GThemedIcon; 8336 8337 struct GThemedIconClass; 8338 8339 struct GThreadedSocketService 8340 { 8341 GSocketService parentInstance; 8342 GThreadedSocketServicePrivate* priv; 8343 } 8344 8345 struct GThreadedSocketServiceClass 8346 { 8347 GSocketServiceClass parentClass; 8348 /** */ 8349 extern(C) int function(GThreadedSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) run; 8350 /** */ 8351 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8352 /** */ 8353 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8354 /** */ 8355 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8356 /** */ 8357 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8358 /** */ 8359 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8360 } 8361 8362 struct GThreadedSocketServicePrivate; 8363 8364 struct GTlsBackend; 8365 8366 /** 8367 * Provides an interface for describing TLS-related types. 8368 * 8369 * Since: 2.28 8370 */ 8371 struct GTlsBackendInterface 8372 { 8373 /** 8374 * The parent interface. 8375 */ 8376 GTypeInterface gIface; 8377 /** 8378 * 8379 * Params: 8380 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 8381 * Returns: whether or not TLS is supported 8382 */ 8383 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsTls; 8384 /** */ 8385 extern(C) GType function() getCertificateType; 8386 /** */ 8387 extern(C) GType function() getClientConnectionType; 8388 /** */ 8389 extern(C) GType function() getServerConnectionType; 8390 /** */ 8391 extern(C) GType function() getFileDatabaseType; 8392 /** 8393 * 8394 * Params: 8395 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 8396 * Returns: the default database, which should be 8397 * unreffed when done. 8398 */ 8399 extern(C) GTlsDatabase* function(GTlsBackend* backend) getDefaultDatabase; 8400 /** 8401 * 8402 * Params: 8403 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 8404 * Returns: whether DTLS is supported 8405 */ 8406 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsDtls; 8407 /** */ 8408 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsClientConnectionType; 8409 /** */ 8410 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsServerConnectionType; 8411 } 8412 8413 struct GTlsCertificate 8414 { 8415 GObject parentInstance; 8416 GTlsCertificatePrivate* priv; 8417 } 8418 8419 struct GTlsCertificateClass 8420 { 8421 GObjectClass parentClass; 8422 /** 8423 * 8424 * Params: 8425 * cert = a #GTlsCertificate 8426 * identity = the expected peer identity 8427 * trustedCa = the certificate of a trusted authority 8428 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags 8429 */ 8430 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsCertificate* cert, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsCertificate* trustedCa) verify; 8431 void*[8] padding; 8432 } 8433 8434 struct GTlsCertificatePrivate; 8435 8436 struct GTlsClientConnection; 8437 8438 /** 8439 * vtable for a #GTlsClientConnection implementation. 8440 * 8441 * Since: 2.26 8442 */ 8443 struct GTlsClientConnectionInterface 8444 { 8445 /** 8446 * The parent interface. 8447 */ 8448 GTypeInterface gIface; 8449 /** */ 8450 extern(C) void function(GTlsClientConnection* conn, GTlsClientConnection* source) copySessionState; 8451 } 8452 8453 struct GTlsConnection 8454 { 8455 GIOStream parentInstance; 8456 GTlsConnectionPrivate* priv; 8457 } 8458 8459 /** 8460 * The class structure for the #GTlsConnection type. 8461 * 8462 * Since: 2.28 8463 */ 8464 struct GTlsConnectionClass 8465 { 8466 /** 8467 * The parent class. 8468 */ 8469 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 8470 /** */ 8471 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 8472 /** 8473 * 8474 * Params: 8475 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 8476 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8477 * Returns: success or failure 8478 * 8479 * Throws: GException on failure. 8480 */ 8481 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 8482 /** */ 8483 extern(C) void function(GTlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 8484 /** 8485 * 8486 * Params: 8487 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 8488 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8489 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 8490 * case @error will be set. 8491 * 8492 * Throws: GException on failure. 8493 */ 8494 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 8495 /** */ 8496 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GTlsChannelBindingType type, GByteArray* data, GError** err) getBindingData; 8497 /** 8498 * 8499 * Params: 8500 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 8501 * Returns: the negotiated protocol, or %NULL 8502 */ 8503 extern(C) const(char)* function(GTlsConnection* conn) getNegotiatedProtocol; 8504 void*[6] padding; 8505 } 8506 8507 struct GTlsConnectionPrivate; 8508 8509 struct GTlsDatabase 8510 { 8511 GObject parentInstance; 8512 GTlsDatabasePrivate* priv; 8513 } 8514 8515 /** 8516 * The class for #GTlsDatabase. Derived classes should implement the various 8517 * virtual methods. _async and _finish methods have a default 8518 * implementation that runs the corresponding sync method in a thread. 8519 * 8520 * Since: 2.30 8521 */ 8522 struct GTlsDatabaseClass 8523 { 8524 GObjectClass parentClass; 8525 /** 8526 * 8527 * Params: 8528 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8529 * chain = a #GTlsCertificate chain 8530 * purpose = the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. 8531 * identity = the expected peer identity 8532 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8533 * flags = additional verify flags 8534 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8535 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 8536 * result of verification. 8537 * 8538 * Throws: GException on failure. 8539 */ 8540 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) verifyChain; 8541 /** */ 8542 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) verifyChainAsync; 8543 /** 8544 * 8545 * Params: 8546 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8547 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8548 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 8549 * result of verification. 8550 * 8551 * Throws: GException on failure. 8552 */ 8553 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) verifyChainFinish; 8554 /** 8555 * 8556 * Params: 8557 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8558 * certificate = certificate for which to create a handle. 8559 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8560 * handle. 8561 */ 8562 extern(C) char* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate) createCertificateHandle; 8563 /** 8564 * 8565 * Params: 8566 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8567 * handle = a certificate handle 8568 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8569 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup. 8570 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8571 * Returns: a newly allocated 8572 * #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8573 * 8574 * Throws: GException on failure. 8575 */ 8576 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandle; 8577 /** */ 8578 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateForHandleAsync; 8579 /** 8580 * 8581 * Params: 8582 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8583 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8584 * Returns: a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. 8585 * Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8586 * 8587 * Throws: GException on failure. 8588 */ 8589 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandleFinish; 8590 /** 8591 * 8592 * Params: 8593 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8594 * certificate = a #GTlsCertificate 8595 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8596 * flags = flags which affect the lookup operation 8597 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8598 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8599 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8600 * 8601 * Throws: GException on failure. 8602 */ 8603 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuer; 8604 /** */ 8605 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateIssuerAsync; 8606 /** 8607 * 8608 * Params: 8609 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8610 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8611 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8612 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8613 * 8614 * Throws: GException on failure. 8615 */ 8616 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuerFinish; 8617 /** 8618 * 8619 * Params: 8620 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8621 * issuerRawDn = a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. 8622 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8623 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup operation. 8624 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8625 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8626 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8627 * 8628 * Throws: GException on failure. 8629 */ 8630 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedBy; 8631 /** */ 8632 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync; 8633 /** 8634 * 8635 * Params: 8636 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8637 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8638 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8639 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8640 * 8641 * Throws: GException on failure. 8642 */ 8643 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish; 8644 void*[16] padding; 8645 } 8646 8647 struct GTlsDatabasePrivate; 8648 8649 struct GTlsFileDatabase; 8650 8651 /** 8652 * Provides an interface for #GTlsFileDatabase implementations. 8653 */ 8654 struct GTlsFileDatabaseInterface 8655 { 8656 /** 8657 * The parent interface. 8658 */ 8659 GTypeInterface gIface; 8660 void*[8] padding; 8661 } 8662 8663 struct GTlsInteraction 8664 { 8665 GObject parentInstance; 8666 GTlsInteractionPrivate* priv; 8667 } 8668 8669 /** 8670 * The class for #GTlsInteraction. Derived classes implement the various 8671 * virtual interaction methods to handle TLS interactions. 8672 * 8673 * Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd 8674 * like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class 8675 * initialization function. If a derived class implements an async method, 8676 * it must also implement the corresponding finish method. 8677 * 8678 * The synchronous interaction methods should implement to display modal dialogs, 8679 * and the asynchronous methods to display modeless dialogs. 8680 * 8681 * If the user cancels an interaction, then the result should be 8682 * %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED and the error should be set with a domain of 8683 * %G_IO_ERROR and code of %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. 8684 * 8685 * Since: 2.30 8686 */ 8687 struct GTlsInteractionClass 8688 { 8689 GObjectClass parentClass; 8690 /** 8691 * 8692 * Params: 8693 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8694 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8695 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8696 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8697 * 8698 * Throws: GException on failure. 8699 */ 8700 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) askPassword; 8701 /** */ 8702 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) askPasswordAsync; 8703 /** 8704 * 8705 * Params: 8706 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8707 * result = the result passed to the callback 8708 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8709 * 8710 * Throws: GException on failure. 8711 */ 8712 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) askPasswordFinish; 8713 /** 8714 * 8715 * Params: 8716 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8717 * connection = a #GTlsConnection object 8718 * flags = flags providing more information about the request 8719 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8720 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8721 * 8722 * Throws: GException on failure. 8723 */ 8724 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) requestCertificate; 8725 /** */ 8726 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) requestCertificateAsync; 8727 /** 8728 * 8729 * Params: 8730 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8731 * result = the result passed to the callback 8732 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8733 * 8734 * Throws: GException on failure. 8735 */ 8736 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) requestCertificateFinish; 8737 void*[21] padding; 8738 } 8739 8740 struct GTlsInteractionPrivate; 8741 8742 struct GTlsPassword 8743 { 8744 GObject parentInstance; 8745 GTlsPasswordPrivate* priv; 8746 } 8747 8748 /** 8749 * Class structure for #GTlsPassword. 8750 */ 8751 struct GTlsPasswordClass 8752 { 8753 GObjectClass parentClass; 8754 /** 8755 * 8756 * Params: 8757 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8758 * Returns: The password value (owned by the password object). 8759 */ 8760 extern(C) char* function(GTlsPassword* password, size_t* length) getValue; 8761 /** */ 8762 extern(C) void function(GTlsPassword* password, char* value, ptrdiff_t length, GDestroyNotify destroy) setValue; 8763 /** */ 8764 extern(C) const(char)* function(GTlsPassword* password) getDefaultWarning; 8765 void*[4] padding; 8766 } 8767 8768 struct GTlsPasswordPrivate; 8769 8770 struct GTlsServerConnection; 8771 8772 /** 8773 * vtable for a #GTlsServerConnection implementation. 8774 * 8775 * Since: 2.26 8776 */ 8777 struct GTlsServerConnectionInterface 8778 { 8779 /** 8780 * The parent interface. 8781 */ 8782 GTypeInterface gIface; 8783 } 8784 8785 struct GUnixConnection 8786 { 8787 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 8788 GUnixConnectionPrivate* priv; 8789 } 8790 8791 struct GUnixConnectionClass 8792 { 8793 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 8794 } 8795 8796 struct GUnixConnectionPrivate; 8797 8798 struct GUnixCredentialsMessage 8799 { 8800 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8801 GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate* priv; 8802 } 8803 8804 /** 8805 * Class structure for #GUnixCredentialsMessage. 8806 * 8807 * Since: 2.26 8808 */ 8809 struct GUnixCredentialsMessageClass 8810 { 8811 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8812 /** */ 8813 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8814 /** */ 8815 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8816 } 8817 8818 struct GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate; 8819 8820 struct GUnixFDList 8821 { 8822 GObject parentInstance; 8823 GUnixFDListPrivate* priv; 8824 } 8825 8826 struct GUnixFDListClass 8827 { 8828 GObjectClass parentClass; 8829 /** */ 8830 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8831 /** */ 8832 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8833 /** */ 8834 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8835 /** */ 8836 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8837 /** */ 8838 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8839 } 8840 8841 struct GUnixFDListPrivate; 8842 8843 struct GUnixFDMessage 8844 { 8845 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8846 GUnixFDMessagePrivate* priv; 8847 } 8848 8849 struct GUnixFDMessageClass 8850 { 8851 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8852 /** */ 8853 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8854 /** */ 8855 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8856 } 8857 8858 struct GUnixFDMessagePrivate; 8859 8860 struct GUnixInputStream 8861 { 8862 GInputStream parentInstance; 8863 GUnixInputStreamPrivate* priv; 8864 } 8865 8866 struct GUnixInputStreamClass 8867 { 8868 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 8869 /** */ 8870 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8871 /** */ 8872 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8873 /** */ 8874 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8875 /** */ 8876 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8877 /** */ 8878 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8879 } 8880 8881 struct GUnixInputStreamPrivate; 8882 8883 /** 8884 * Defines a Unix mount entry (e.g. <filename>/media/cdrom</filename>). 8885 * This corresponds roughly to a mtab entry. 8886 */ 8887 struct GUnixMountEntry; 8888 8889 struct GUnixMountMonitor; 8890 8891 struct GUnixMountMonitorClass; 8892 8893 struct GUnixMountPoint; 8894 8895 struct GUnixOutputStream 8896 { 8897 GOutputStream parentInstance; 8898 GUnixOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 8899 } 8900 8901 struct GUnixOutputStreamClass 8902 { 8903 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 8904 /** */ 8905 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8906 /** */ 8907 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8908 /** */ 8909 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8910 /** */ 8911 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8912 /** */ 8913 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8914 } 8915 8916 struct GUnixOutputStreamPrivate; 8917 8918 struct GUnixSocketAddress 8919 { 8920 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 8921 GUnixSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 8922 } 8923 8924 struct GUnixSocketAddressClass 8925 { 8926 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 8927 } 8928 8929 struct GUnixSocketAddressPrivate; 8930 8931 struct GVfs 8932 { 8933 GObject parentInstance; 8934 } 8935 8936 struct GVfsClass 8937 { 8938 GObjectClass parentClass; 8939 /** 8940 * 8941 * Params: 8942 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8943 * Returns: %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful 8944 * and it is now active. 8945 */ 8946 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs) isActive; 8947 /** 8948 * 8949 * Params: 8950 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8951 * path = a string containing a VFS path. 8952 * Returns: a #GFile. 8953 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8954 */ 8955 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* path) getFileForPath; 8956 /** 8957 * 8958 * Params: 8959 * vfs = a#GVfs. 8960 * uri = a string containing a URI 8961 * Returns: a #GFile. 8962 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8963 */ 8964 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* uri) getFileForUri; 8965 /** 8966 * 8967 * Params: 8968 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8969 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of strings. 8970 * The returned array belongs to GIO and must 8971 * not be freed or modified. 8972 */ 8973 extern(C) char** function(GVfs* vfs) getSupportedUriSchemes; 8974 /** 8975 * 8976 * Params: 8977 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8978 * parseName = a string to be parsed by the VFS module. 8979 * Returns: a #GFile for the given @parse_name. 8980 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8981 */ 8982 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* parseName) parseName; 8983 /** */ 8984 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, ulong device, GFileAttributeMatcher* attributeMatcher, GFileInfo* info, GCancellable* cancellable, void** extraData, GDestroyNotify* freeExtraData) localFileAddInfo; 8985 /** */ 8986 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, GFileAttributeInfoList* list) addWritableNamespaces; 8987 /** */ 8988 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) localFileSetAttributes; 8989 /** */ 8990 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename) localFileRemoved; 8991 /** */ 8992 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* source, const(char)* dest) localFileMoved; 8993 /** */ 8994 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVfs* vfs, GVariant* value) deserializeIcon; 8995 /** */ 8996 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8997 /** */ 8998 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8999 /** */ 9000 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 9001 /** */ 9002 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 9003 /** */ 9004 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 9005 /** */ 9006 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 9007 } 9008 9009 struct GVolume; 9010 9011 /** 9012 * Interface for implementing operations for mountable volumes. 9013 */ 9014 struct GVolumeIface 9015 { 9016 /** 9017 * The parent interface. 9018 */ 9019 GTypeInterface gIface; 9020 /** */ 9021 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) changed; 9022 /** */ 9023 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) removed; 9024 /** 9025 * 9026 * Params: 9027 * volume = a #GVolume 9028 * Returns: the name for the given @volume. The returned string should 9029 * be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. 9030 */ 9031 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getName; 9032 /** 9033 * 9034 * Params: 9035 * volume = a #GVolume 9036 * Returns: a #GIcon. 9037 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 9038 * when no longer needed. 9039 */ 9040 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getIcon; 9041 /** 9042 * 9043 * Params: 9044 * volume = a #GVolume 9045 * Returns: the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID 9046 * can be computed. 9047 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 9048 * when no longer needed. 9049 */ 9050 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getUuid; 9051 /** 9052 * 9053 * Params: 9054 * volume = a #GVolume 9055 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not 9056 * associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed 9057 * with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 9058 */ 9059 extern(C) GDrive* function(GVolume* volume) getDrive; 9060 /** 9061 * 9062 * Params: 9063 * volume = a #GVolume 9064 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. 9065 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 9066 * when no longer needed. 9067 */ 9068 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolume* volume) getMount; 9069 /** 9070 * 9071 * Params: 9072 * volume = a #GVolume 9073 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise 9074 */ 9075 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canMount; 9076 /** 9077 * 9078 * Params: 9079 * volume = a #GVolume 9080 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise 9081 */ 9082 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canEject; 9083 /** */ 9084 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountFn; 9085 /** 9086 * 9087 * Params: 9088 * volume = a #GVolume 9089 * result = a #GAsyncResult 9090 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 9091 * 9092 * Throws: GException on failure. 9093 */ 9094 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountFinish; 9095 /** */ 9096 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 9097 /** 9098 * 9099 * Params: 9100 * volume = pointer to a #GVolume 9101 * result = a #GAsyncResult 9102 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 9103 * 9104 * Throws: GException on failure. 9105 */ 9106 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 9107 /** 9108 * 9109 * Params: 9110 * volume = a #GVolume 9111 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 9112 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 9113 * requested identifier, or %NULL if the #GVolume 9114 * doesn't have this kind of identifier 9115 */ 9116 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 9117 /** 9118 * 9119 * Params: 9120 * volume = a #GVolume 9121 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array 9122 * of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. 9123 */ 9124 extern(C) char** function(GVolume* volume) enumerateIdentifiers; 9125 /** 9126 * 9127 * Params: 9128 * volume = a #GVolume 9129 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted 9130 */ 9131 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) shouldAutomount; 9132 /** 9133 * 9134 * Params: 9135 * volume = a #GVolume 9136 * Returns: the activation root of @volume 9137 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. 9138 */ 9139 extern(C) GFile* function(GVolume* volume) getActivationRoot; 9140 /** */ 9141 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 9142 /** 9143 * 9144 * Params: 9145 * volume = a #GVolume 9146 * result = a #GAsyncResult 9147 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise 9148 * 9149 * Throws: GException on failure. 9150 */ 9151 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 9152 /** 9153 * 9154 * Params: 9155 * volume = a #GVolume 9156 * Returns: Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available 9157 */ 9158 extern(C) const(char)* function(GVolume* volume) getSortKey; 9159 /** 9160 * 9161 * Params: 9162 * volume = a #GVolume 9163 * Returns: a #GIcon. 9164 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 9165 * when no longer needed. 9166 */ 9167 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getSymbolicIcon; 9168 } 9169 9170 struct GVolumeMonitor 9171 { 9172 GObject parentInstance; 9173 void* priv; 9174 } 9175 9176 struct GVolumeMonitorClass 9177 { 9178 GObjectClass parentClass; 9179 /** */ 9180 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeAdded; 9181 /** */ 9182 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeRemoved; 9183 /** */ 9184 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeChanged; 9185 /** */ 9186 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountAdded; 9187 /** */ 9188 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountRemoved; 9189 /** */ 9190 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountPreUnmount; 9191 /** */ 9192 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountChanged; 9193 /** */ 9194 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveConnected; 9195 /** */ 9196 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveDisconnected; 9197 /** */ 9198 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveChanged; 9199 /** */ 9200 extern(C) int function() isSupported; 9201 /** 9202 * 9203 * Params: 9204 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 9205 * Returns: a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. 9206 */ 9207 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getConnectedDrives; 9208 /** 9209 * 9210 * Params: 9211 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 9212 * Returns: a #GList of #GVolume objects. 9213 */ 9214 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getVolumes; 9215 /** 9216 * 9217 * Params: 9218 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 9219 * Returns: a #GList of #GMount objects. 9220 */ 9221 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getMounts; 9222 /** 9223 * 9224 * Params: 9225 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 9226 * uuid = the UUID to look for 9227 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. 9228 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 9229 */ 9230 extern(C) GVolume* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getVolumeForUuid; 9231 /** 9232 * 9233 * Params: 9234 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 9235 * uuid = the UUID to look for 9236 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. 9237 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 9238 */ 9239 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getMountForUuid; 9240 /** */ 9241 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount, GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) adoptOrphanMount; 9242 /** */ 9243 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveEjectButton; 9244 /** */ 9245 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveStopButton; 9246 /** */ 9247 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 9248 /** */ 9249 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 9250 /** */ 9251 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 9252 /** */ 9253 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 9254 /** */ 9255 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 9256 /** */ 9257 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 9258 } 9259 9260 struct GZlibCompressor; 9261 9262 struct GZlibCompressorClass 9263 { 9264 GObjectClass parentClass; 9265 } 9266 9267 struct GZlibDecompressor; 9268 9269 struct GZlibDecompressorClass 9270 { 9271 GObjectClass parentClass; 9272 } 9273 9274 /** 9275 * Type definition for a function that will be called back when an asynchronous 9276 * operation within GIO has been completed. #GAsyncReadyCallback 9277 * callbacks from #GTask are guaranteed to be invoked in a later 9278 * iteration of the 9279 * [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 9280 * where the #GTask was created. All other users of 9281 * #GAsyncReadyCallback must likewise call it asynchronously in a 9282 * later iteration of the main context. 9283 * 9284 * The asynchronous operation is guaranteed to have held a reference to 9285 * @source_object from the time when the `*_async()` function was called, until 9286 * after this callback returns. 9287 * 9288 * Params: 9289 * sourceObject = the object the asynchronous operation was started with. 9290 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 9291 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 9292 */ 9293 public alias extern(C) void function(GObject* sourceObject, GAsyncResult* res, void* userData) GAsyncReadyCallback; 9294 9295 /** 9296 * Invoked when a connection to a message bus has been obtained. 9297 * 9298 * Params: 9299 * connection = The #GDBusConnection to a message bus. 9300 * name = The name that is requested to be owned. 9301 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name(). 9302 * 9303 * Since: 2.26 9304 */ 9305 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusAcquiredCallback; 9306 9307 /** 9308 * Invoked when the name is acquired. 9309 * 9310 * Params: 9311 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquired the name. 9312 * name = The name being owned. 9313 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 9314 * 9315 * Since: 2.26 9316 */ 9317 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameAcquiredCallback; 9318 9319 /** 9320 * Invoked when the name being watched is known to have to have an owner. 9321 * 9322 * Params: 9323 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on. 9324 * name = The name being watched. 9325 * nameOwner = Unique name of the owner of the name being watched. 9326 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 9327 * 9328 * Since: 2.26 9329 */ 9330 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, const(char)* nameOwner, void* userData) GBusNameAppearedCallback; 9331 9332 /** 9333 * Invoked when the name is lost or @connection has been closed. 9334 * 9335 * Params: 9336 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquire the name or %NULL if 9337 * the connection was disconnected. 9338 * name = The name being owned. 9339 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 9340 * 9341 * Since: 2.26 9342 */ 9343 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameLostCallback; 9344 9345 /** 9346 * Invoked when the name being watched is known not to have to have an owner. 9347 * 9348 * This is also invoked when the #GDBusConnection on which the watch was 9349 * established has been closed. In that case, @connection will be 9350 * %NULL. 9351 * 9352 * Params: 9353 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on, or 9354 * %NULL. 9355 * name = The name being watched. 9356 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 9357 * 9358 * Since: 2.26 9359 */ 9360 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameVanishedCallback; 9361 9362 /** 9363 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9364 * returned by g_cancellable_source_new(). 9365 * 9366 * Params: 9367 * cancellable = the #GCancellable 9368 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9369 * 9370 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9371 * 9372 * Since: 2.28 9373 */ 9374 public alias extern(C) int function(GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GCancellableSourceFunc; 9375 9376 /** 9377 * The type of the @get_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9378 * 9379 * Params: 9380 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9381 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9382 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 9383 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 9384 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 9385 * error = Return location for error. 9386 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 9387 * 9388 * Returns: A #GVariant with the value for @property_name or %NULL if 9389 * @error is set. If the returned #GVariant is floating, it is 9390 * consumed - otherwise its reference count is decreased by one. 9391 * 9392 * Since: 2.26 9393 */ 9394 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc; 9395 9396 /** 9397 * The type of the @method_call function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9398 * 9399 * Params: 9400 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9401 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9402 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 9403 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name the method was invoked on. 9404 * methodName = The name of the method that was invoked. 9405 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters. 9406 * invocation = A #GDBusMethodInvocation object that must be used to return a value or error. 9407 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 9408 * 9409 * Since: 2.26 9410 */ 9411 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* methodName, GVariant* parameters, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc; 9412 9413 /** 9414 * The type of the @set_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9415 * 9416 * Params: 9417 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9418 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9419 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 9420 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 9421 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 9422 * value = The value to set the property to. 9423 * error = Return location for error. 9424 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 9425 * 9426 * Returns: %TRUE if the property was set to @value, %FALSE if @error is set. 9427 * 9428 * Since: 2.26 9429 */ 9430 public alias extern(C) int function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GVariant* value, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc; 9431 9432 /** 9433 * Signature for function used in g_dbus_connection_add_filter(). 9434 * 9435 * A filter function is passed a #GDBusMessage and expected to return 9436 * a #GDBusMessage too. Passive filter functions that don't modify the 9437 * message can simply return the @message object: 9438 * |[ 9439 * static GDBusMessage * 9440 * passive_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 9441 * GDBusMessage *message, 9442 * gboolean incoming, 9443 * gpointer user_data) 9444 * { 9445 * // inspect @message 9446 * return message; 9447 * } 9448 * ]| 9449 * Filter functions that wants to drop a message can simply return %NULL: 9450 * |[ 9451 * static GDBusMessage * 9452 * drop_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 9453 * GDBusMessage *message, 9454 * gboolean incoming, 9455 * gpointer user_data) 9456 * { 9457 * if (should_drop_message) 9458 * { 9459 * g_object_unref (message); 9460 * message = NULL; 9461 * } 9462 * return message; 9463 * } 9464 * ]| 9465 * Finally, a filter function may modify a message by copying it: 9466 * |[ 9467 * static GDBusMessage * 9468 * modifying_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 9469 * GDBusMessage *message, 9470 * gboolean incoming, 9471 * gpointer user_data) 9472 * { 9473 * GDBusMessage *copy; 9474 * GError *error; 9475 * 9476 * error = NULL; 9477 * copy = g_dbus_message_copy (message, &error); 9478 * // handle @error being set 9479 * g_object_unref (message); 9480 * 9481 * // modify @copy 9482 * 9483 * return copy; 9484 * } 9485 * ]| 9486 * If the returned #GDBusMessage is different from @message and cannot 9487 * be sent on @connection (it could use features, such as file 9488 * descriptors, not compatible with @connection), then a warning is 9489 * logged to standard error. Applications can 9490 * check this ahead of time using g_dbus_message_to_blob() passing a 9491 * #GDBusCapabilityFlags value obtained from @connection. 9492 * 9493 * Params: 9494 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9495 * message = A locked #GDBusMessage that the filter function takes ownership of. 9496 * incoming = %TRUE if it is a message received from the other peer, %FALSE if it is 9497 * a message to be sent to the other peer. 9498 * userData = User data passed when adding the filter. 9499 * 9500 * Returns: A #GDBusMessage that will be freed with 9501 * g_object_unref() or %NULL to drop the message. Passive filter 9502 * functions can simply return the passed @message object. 9503 * 9504 * Since: 2.26 9505 */ 9506 public alias extern(C) GDBusMessage* function(GDBusConnection* connection, GDBusMessage* message, int incoming, void* userData) GDBusMessageFilterFunction; 9507 9508 /** 9509 * Function signature for a function used to determine the #GType to 9510 * use for an interface proxy (if @interface_name is not %NULL) or 9511 * object proxy (if @interface_name is %NULL). 9512 * 9513 * This function is called in the 9514 * [thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 9515 * that @manager was constructed in. 9516 * 9517 * Params: 9518 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 9519 * objectPath = The object path of the remote object. 9520 * interfaceName = The interface name of the remote object or %NULL if a #GDBusObjectProxy #GType is requested. 9521 * userData = User data. 9522 * 9523 * Returns: A #GType to use for the remote object. The returned type 9524 * must be a #GDBusProxy or #GDBusObjectProxy -derived 9525 * type. 9526 * 9527 * Since: 2.30 9528 */ 9529 public alias extern(C) GType function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, void* userData) GDBusProxyTypeFunc; 9530 9531 /** 9532 * Signature for callback function used in g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 9533 * 9534 * Params: 9535 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9536 * senderName = The unique bus name of the sender of the signal, 9537 * or %NULL on a peer-to-peer D-Bus connection. 9538 * objectPath = The object path that the signal was emitted on. 9539 * interfaceName = The name of the interface. 9540 * signalName = The name of the signal. 9541 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. 9542 * userData = User data passed when subscribing to the signal. 9543 * 9544 * Since: 2.26 9545 */ 9546 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters, void* userData) GDBusSignalCallback; 9547 9548 /** 9549 * The type of the @dispatch function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9550 * 9551 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9552 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9553 * 9554 * Params: 9555 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9556 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9557 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9558 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name that the method call or property access is for. 9559 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9560 * outUserData = Return location for user data to pass to functions in the returned #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9561 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9562 * 9563 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable or %NULL if you don't want to handle the methods. 9564 * 9565 * Since: 2.26 9566 */ 9567 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* node, void** outUserData, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc; 9568 9569 /** 9570 * The type of the @enumerate function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9571 * 9572 * This function is called when generating introspection data and also 9573 * when preparing to dispatch incoming messages in the event that the 9574 * %G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is not 9575 * specified (ie: to verify that the object path is valid). 9576 * 9577 * Hierarchies are not supported; the items that you return should not 9578 * contain the `/` character. 9579 * 9580 * The return value will be freed with g_strfreev(). 9581 * 9582 * Params: 9583 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9584 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9585 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9586 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9587 * 9588 * Returns: A newly allocated array of strings for node names that are children of @object_path. 9589 * 9590 * Since: 2.26 9591 */ 9592 public alias extern(C) char** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc; 9593 9594 /** 9595 * The type of the @introspect function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9596 * 9597 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9598 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9599 * 9600 * This function should return %NULL to indicate that there is no object 9601 * at this node. 9602 * 9603 * If this function returns non-%NULL, the return value is expected to 9604 * be a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo 9605 * structures describing the interfaces implemented by @node. This 9606 * array will have g_dbus_interface_info_unref() called on each item 9607 * before being freed with g_free(). 9608 * 9609 * The difference between returning %NULL and an array containing zero 9610 * items is that the standard DBus interfaces will returned to the 9611 * remote introspector in the empty array case, but not in the %NULL 9612 * case. 9613 * 9614 * Params: 9615 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9616 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9617 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9618 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9619 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9620 * 9621 * Returns: A %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo, or %NULL. 9622 * 9623 * Since: 2.26 9624 */ 9625 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* node, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc; 9626 9627 /** 9628 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9629 * returned by g_datagram_based_create_source(). 9630 * 9631 * Params: 9632 * datagramBased = the #GDatagramBased 9633 * condition = the current condition at the source fired 9634 * userData = data passed in by the user 9635 * 9636 * Returns: %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the source should be removed, 9637 * %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE otherwise 9638 * 9639 * Since: 2.48 9640 */ 9641 public alias extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GDatagramBasedSourceFunc; 9642 9643 /** 9644 * During invocation, g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() may 9645 * create one or more child processes. This callback is invoked once 9646 * for each, providing the process ID. 9647 * 9648 * Params: 9649 * appinfo = a #GDesktopAppInfo 9650 * pid = Process identifier 9651 * userData = User data 9652 */ 9653 public alias extern(C) void function(GDesktopAppInfo* appinfo, GPid pid, void* userData) GDesktopAppLaunchCallback; 9654 9655 /** 9656 * This callback type is used by g_file_measure_disk_usage() to make 9657 * periodic progress reports when measuring the amount of disk spaced 9658 * used by a directory. 9659 * 9660 * These calls are made on a best-effort basis and not all types of 9661 * #GFile will support them. At the minimum, however, one call will 9662 * always be made immediately. 9663 * 9664 * In the case that there is no support, @reporting will be set to 9665 * %FALSE (and the other values undefined) and no further calls will be 9666 * made. Otherwise, the @reporting will be %TRUE and the other values 9667 * all-zeros during the first (immediate) call. In this way, you can 9668 * know which type of progress UI to show without a delay. 9669 * 9670 * For g_file_measure_disk_usage() the callback is made directly. For 9671 * g_file_measure_disk_usage_async() the callback is made via the 9672 * default main context of the calling thread (ie: the same way that the 9673 * final async result would be reported). 9674 * 9675 * @current_size is in the same units as requested by the operation (see 9676 * %G_FILE_MEASURE_APPARENT_SIZE). 9677 * 9678 * The frequency of the updates is implementation defined, but is 9679 * ideally about once every 200ms. 9680 * 9681 * The last progress callback may or may not be equal to the final 9682 * result. Always check the async result to get the final value. 9683 * 9684 * Params: 9685 * reporting = %TRUE if more reports will come 9686 * currentSize = the current cumulative size measurement 9687 * numDirs = the number of directories visited so far 9688 * numFiles = the number of non-directory files encountered 9689 * userData = the data passed to the original request for this callback 9690 * 9691 * Since: 2.38 9692 */ 9693 public alias extern(C) void function(int reporting, ulong currentSize, ulong numDirs, ulong numFiles, void* userData) GFileMeasureProgressCallback; 9694 9695 /** 9696 * When doing file operations that may take a while, such as moving 9697 * a file or copying a file, a progress callback is used to pass how 9698 * far along that operation is to the application. 9699 * 9700 * Params: 9701 * currentNumBytes = the current number of bytes in the operation. 9702 * totalNumBytes = the total number of bytes in the operation. 9703 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 9704 */ 9705 public alias extern(C) void function(long currentNumBytes, long totalNumBytes, void* userData) GFileProgressCallback; 9706 9707 /** 9708 * When loading the partial contents of a file with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(), 9709 * it may become necessary to determine if any more data from the file should be loaded. 9710 * A #GFileReadMoreCallback function facilitates this by returning %TRUE if more data 9711 * should be read, or %FALSE otherwise. 9712 * 9713 * Params: 9714 * fileContents = the data as currently read. 9715 * fileSize = the size of the data currently read. 9716 * callbackData = data passed to the callback. 9717 * 9718 * Returns: %TRUE if more data should be read back. %FALSE otherwise. 9719 */ 9720 public alias extern(C) int function(const(char)* fileContents, long fileSize, void* callbackData) GFileReadMoreCallback; 9721 9722 /** 9723 * I/O Job function. 9724 * 9725 * Long-running jobs should periodically check the @cancellable 9726 * to see if they have been cancelled. 9727 * 9728 * Params: 9729 * job = a #GIOSchedulerJob. 9730 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9731 * userData = the data to pass to callback function 9732 * 9733 * Returns: %TRUE if this function should be called again to 9734 * complete the job, %FALSE if the job is complete (or cancelled) 9735 */ 9736 public alias extern(C) int function(GIOSchedulerJob* job, GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GIOSchedulerJobFunc; 9737 9738 /** 9739 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9740 * returned by g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() and 9741 * g_pollable_output_stream_create_source(). 9742 * 9743 * Params: 9744 * pollableStream = the #GPollableInputStream or #GPollableOutputStream 9745 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9746 * 9747 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9748 * 9749 * Since: 2.28 9750 */ 9751 public alias extern(C) int function(GObject* pollableStream, void* userData) GPollableSourceFunc; 9752 9753 /** 9754 * Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by @data to 9755 * @size bytes. 9756 * 9757 * The function should have the same semantics as realloc(). 9758 * 9759 * Params: 9760 * data = memory block to reallocate 9761 * size = size to reallocate @data to 9762 * 9763 * Returns: a pointer to the reallocated memory 9764 */ 9765 public alias extern(C) void* function(void* data, size_t size) GReallocFunc; 9766 9767 /** 9768 * The type for the function that is used to convert from #GSettings to 9769 * an object property. The @value is already initialized to hold values 9770 * of the appropriate type. 9771 * 9772 * Params: 9773 * value = return location for the property value 9774 * variant = the #GVariant 9775 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9776 * 9777 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9778 */ 9779 public alias extern(C) int function(GValue* value, GVariant* variant, void* userData) GSettingsBindGetMapping; 9780 9781 /** 9782 * The type for the function that is used to convert an object property 9783 * value to a #GVariant for storing it in #GSettings. 9784 * 9785 * Params: 9786 * value = a #GValue containing the property value to map 9787 * expectedType = the #GVariantType to create 9788 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9789 * 9790 * Returns: a new #GVariant holding the data from @value, 9791 * or %NULL in case of an error 9792 */ 9793 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GValue* value, GVariantType* expectedType, void* userData) GSettingsBindSetMapping; 9794 9795 /** 9796 * The type of the function that is used to convert from a value stored 9797 * in a #GSettings to a value that is useful to the application. 9798 * 9799 * If the value is successfully mapped, the result should be stored at 9800 * @result and %TRUE returned. If mapping fails (for example, if @value 9801 * is not in the right format) then %FALSE should be returned. 9802 * 9803 * If @value is %NULL then it means that the mapping function is being 9804 * given a "last chance" to successfully return a valid value. %TRUE 9805 * must be returned in this case. 9806 * 9807 * Params: 9808 * value = the #GVariant to map, or %NULL 9809 * result = the result of the mapping 9810 * userData = the user data that was passed to 9811 * g_settings_get_mapped() 9812 * 9813 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9814 */ 9815 public alias extern(C) int function(GVariant* value, void** result, void* userData) GSettingsGetMapping; 9816 9817 /** 9818 * Simple thread function that runs an asynchronous operation and 9819 * checks for cancellation. 9820 * 9821 * Params: 9822 * res = a #GSimpleAsyncResult. 9823 * object = a #GObject. 9824 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9825 */ 9826 public alias extern(C) void function(GSimpleAsyncResult* res, GObject* object, GCancellable* cancellable) GSimpleAsyncThreadFunc; 9827 9828 /** 9829 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9830 * returned by g_socket_create_source(). 9831 * 9832 * Params: 9833 * socket = the #GSocket 9834 * condition = the current condition at the source fired. 9835 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9836 * 9837 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9838 * 9839 * Since: 2.22 9840 */ 9841 public alias extern(C) int function(GSocket* socket, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GSocketSourceFunc; 9842 9843 /** 9844 * The prototype for a task function to be run in a thread via 9845 * g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). 9846 * 9847 * If the return-on-cancel flag is set on @task, and @cancellable gets 9848 * cancelled, then the #GTask will be completed immediately (as though 9849 * g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() had been called), without 9850 * waiting for the task function to complete. However, the task 9851 * function will continue running in its thread in the background. The 9852 * function therefore needs to be careful about how it uses 9853 * externally-visible state in this case. See 9854 * g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. 9855 * 9856 * Other than in that case, @task will be completed when the 9857 * #GTaskThreadFunc returns, not when it calls a 9858 * `g_task_return_` function. 9859 * 9860 * Params: 9861 * task = the #GTask 9862 * sourceObject = @task's source object 9863 * taskData = @task's task data 9864 * cancellable = @task's #GCancellable, or %NULL 9865 * 9866 * Since: 2.36 9867 */ 9868 public alias extern(C) void function(GTask* task, void* sourceObject, void* taskData, GCancellable* cancellable) GTaskThreadFunc; 9869 9870 /** 9871 * This function type is used by g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() to make it 9872 * possible for a client to associate an URI scheme to a different #GFile 9873 * implementation. 9874 * 9875 * The client should return a reference to the new file that has been 9876 * created for @uri, or %NULL to continue with the default implementation. 9877 * 9878 * Params: 9879 * vfs = a #GVfs 9880 * identifier = the identifier to look up a #GFile for. This can either 9881 * be an URI or a parse name as returned by g_file_get_parse_name() 9882 * userData = user data passed to the function 9883 * 9884 * Returns: a #GFile for @identifier. 9885 * 9886 * Since: 2.50 9887 */ 9888 public alias extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* identifier, void* userData) GVfsFileLookupFunc; 9889 9890 /** 9891 * The value returned by handlers of the signals generated by 9892 * the `gdbus-codegen` tool to indicate that a method call has been 9893 * handled by an implementation. It is equal to %TRUE, but using 9894 * this macro is sometimes more readable. 9895 * 9896 * In code that needs to be backwards-compatible with older GLib, 9897 * use %TRUE instead, often written like this: 9898 * 9899 * |[ 9900 * g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error (invocation, ...); 9901 * return TRUE; // handled 9902 * ]| 9903 */ 9904 enum DBUS_METHOD_INVOCATION_HANDLED = true; 9905 alias G_DBUS_METHOD_INVOCATION_HANDLED = DBUS_METHOD_INVOCATION_HANDLED; 9906 9907 /** 9908 * The value returned by handlers of the signals generated by 9909 * the `gdbus-codegen` tool to indicate that a method call has not been 9910 * handled by an implementation. It is equal to %FALSE, but using 9911 * this macro is sometimes more readable. 9912 * 9913 * In code that needs to be backwards-compatible with older GLib, 9914 * use %FALSE instead. 9915 */ 9916 enum DBUS_METHOD_INVOCATION_UNHANDLED = false; 9917 alias G_DBUS_METHOD_INVOCATION_UNHANDLED = DBUS_METHOD_INVOCATION_UNHANDLED; 9918 9919 /** 9920 * Extension point for debug control functionality. 9921 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 9922 */ 9923 enum DEBUG_CONTROLLER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-debug-controller"; 9924 alias G_DEBUG_CONTROLLER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = DEBUG_CONTROLLER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 9925 9926 /** 9927 * Extension point for default handler to URI association. See 9928 * [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 9929 * 9930 * Deprecated: The #GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface is deprecated and 9931 * unused by GIO. 9932 */ 9933 enum DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-desktop-app-info-lookup"; 9934 alias G_DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 9935 9936 /** 9937 * The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_drive_get_identifier(). 9938 */ 9939 enum DRIVE_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix-device"; 9940 alias G_DRIVE_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = DRIVE_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE; 9941 9942 /** 9943 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking deletion privileges. 9944 * 9945 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9946 * 9947 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to delete the file. 9948 */ 9949 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = "access::can-delete"; 9950 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE; 9951 9952 /** 9953 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting execution privileges. 9954 * 9955 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9956 * 9957 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to execute the file. 9958 */ 9959 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = "access::can-execute"; 9960 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE; 9961 9962 /** 9963 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting read privileges. 9964 * 9965 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9966 * 9967 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to read the file. 9968 */ 9969 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = "access::can-read"; 9970 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ; 9971 9972 /** 9973 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking renaming privileges. 9974 * 9975 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9976 * 9977 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to rename the file. 9978 */ 9979 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = "access::can-rename"; 9980 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME; 9981 9982 /** 9983 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking trashing privileges. 9984 * 9985 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9986 * 9987 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to move the file to 9988 * the trash. 9989 */ 9990 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = "access::can-trash"; 9991 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH; 9992 9993 /** 9994 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting write privileges. 9995 * 9996 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9997 * 9998 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to write to the file. 9999 */ 10000 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = "access::can-write"; 10001 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE; 10002 10003 /** 10004 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's archive flag 10005 * is set. 10006 * 10007 * This attribute is %TRUE if the archive flag is set. 10008 * 10009 * This attribute is only available for DOS file systems. 10010 * 10011 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10012 */ 10013 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = "dos::is-archive"; 10014 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE; 10015 10016 /** 10017 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file is a NTFS mount point 10018 * (a volume mount or a junction point). 10019 * 10020 * This attribute is %TRUE if file is a reparse point of type 10021 * [IO_REPARSE_TAG_MOUNT_POINT](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd541667.aspx). 10022 * 10023 * This attribute is only available for DOS file systems. 10024 * 10025 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10026 */ 10027 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_MOUNTPOINT = "dos::is-mountpoint"; 10028 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_MOUNTPOINT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_MOUNTPOINT; 10029 10030 /** 10031 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's backup flag 10032 * is set. 10033 * 10034 * This attribute is %TRUE if the backup flag is set. 10035 * 10036 * This attribute is only available for DOS file systems. 10037 * 10038 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10039 */ 10040 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = "dos::is-system"; 10041 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM; 10042 10043 /** 10044 * A key in the "dos" namespace for getting the file NTFS reparse tag. 10045 * 10046 * This value is 0 for files that are not reparse points. 10047 * 10048 * See the [Reparse Tags](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd541667.aspx) 10049 * page for possible reparse tag values. 10050 * 10051 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10052 */ 10053 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_REPARSE_POINT_TAG = "dos::reparse-point-tag"; 10054 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_REPARSE_POINT_TAG = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_REPARSE_POINT_TAG; 10055 10056 /** 10057 * A key in the "etag" namespace for getting the value of the file's 10058 * entity tag. 10059 * 10060 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10061 */ 10062 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = "etag::value"; 10063 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE; 10064 10065 /** 10066 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes 10067 * of free space left on the file system. 10068 * 10069 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10070 */ 10071 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = "filesystem::free"; 10072 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE; 10073 10074 /** 10075 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 10076 * is read only. 10077 * 10078 * Is set to %TRUE if the file system is read only. 10079 * 10080 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10081 */ 10082 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = "filesystem::readonly"; 10083 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY; 10084 10085 /** 10086 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 10087 * is remote. 10088 * 10089 * Is set to %TRUE if the file system is remote. 10090 * 10091 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10092 */ 10093 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = "filesystem::remote"; 10094 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE; 10095 10096 /** 10097 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the total size (in 10098 * bytes) of the file system, used in g_file_query_filesystem_info(). 10099 * 10100 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10101 */ 10102 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = "filesystem::size"; 10103 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE; 10104 10105 /** 10106 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the file system's type. 10107 * 10108 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10109 */ 10110 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = "filesystem::type"; 10111 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE; 10112 10113 /** 10114 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes 10115 * used by data on the file system. 10116 * 10117 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10118 */ 10119 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = "filesystem::used"; 10120 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED; 10121 10122 /** 10123 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for hinting a file manager 10124 * application whether it should preview (e.g. thumbnail) files on the 10125 * file system. 10126 * 10127 * The value for this key contain a #GFilesystemPreviewType. 10128 */ 10129 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = "filesystem::use-preview"; 10130 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW; 10131 10132 /** 10133 * A key in the "gvfs" namespace that gets the name of the current 10134 * GVFS backend in use. 10135 * 10136 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10137 */ 10138 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = "gvfs::backend"; 10139 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND; 10140 10141 /** 10142 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting a file identifier. 10143 * 10144 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10145 * 10146 * An example use would be during listing files, to avoid recursive 10147 * directory scanning. 10148 */ 10149 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = "id::file"; 10150 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE; 10151 10152 /** 10153 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting the file system identifier. 10154 * 10155 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10156 * 10157 * An example use would be during drag and drop to see if the source 10158 * and target are on the same filesystem (default to move) or not (default 10159 * to copy). 10160 */ 10161 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = "id::filesystem"; 10162 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM; 10163 10164 /** 10165 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10166 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be ejected. 10167 * 10168 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10169 */ 10170 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = "mountable::can-eject"; 10171 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT; 10172 10173 /** 10174 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10175 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is mountable. 10176 * 10177 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10178 */ 10179 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = "mountable::can-mount"; 10180 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT; 10181 10182 /** 10183 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10184 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be polled. 10185 * 10186 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10187 */ 10188 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = "mountable::can-poll"; 10189 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL; 10190 10191 /** 10192 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10193 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started. 10194 * 10195 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10196 */ 10197 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = "mountable::can-start"; 10198 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START; 10199 10200 /** 10201 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10202 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started degraded. 10203 * 10204 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10205 */ 10206 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = "mountable::can-start-degraded"; 10207 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED; 10208 10209 /** 10210 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10211 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be stopped. 10212 * 10213 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10214 */ 10215 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = "mountable::can-stop"; 10216 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP; 10217 10218 /** 10219 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10220 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is unmountable. 10221 * 10222 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10223 */ 10224 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = "mountable::can-unmount"; 10225 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT; 10226 10227 /** 10228 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the HAL UDI for the mountable 10229 * file. 10230 * 10231 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10232 */ 10233 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = "mountable::hal-udi"; 10234 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI; 10235 10236 /** 10237 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of 10238 * type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is automatically polled for media. 10239 * 10240 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10241 */ 10242 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = "mountable::is-media-check-automatic"; 10243 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC; 10244 10245 /** 10246 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the #GDriveStartStopType. 10247 * 10248 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10249 */ 10250 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = "mountable::start-stop-type"; 10251 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE; 10252 10253 /** 10254 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device. 10255 * 10256 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10257 */ 10258 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = "mountable::unix-device"; 10259 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE; 10260 10261 /** 10262 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device file. 10263 * 10264 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10265 */ 10266 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = "mountable::unix-device-file"; 10267 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE; 10268 10269 /** 10270 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the file owner's group. 10271 * 10272 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10273 */ 10274 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = "owner::group"; 10275 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP; 10276 10277 /** 10278 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the user name of the 10279 * file's owner. 10280 * 10281 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10282 */ 10283 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = "owner::user"; 10284 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER; 10285 10286 /** 10287 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the real name of the 10288 * user that owns the file. 10289 * 10290 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10291 */ 10292 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = "owner::user-real"; 10293 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL; 10294 10295 /** 10296 * A key in the "preview" namespace for getting a #GIcon that can be 10297 * used to get preview of the file. 10298 * 10299 * For example, it may be a low resolution thumbnail without metadata. 10300 * 10301 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 10302 * 10303 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 10304 */ 10305 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = "preview::icon"; 10306 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON; 10307 10308 /** 10309 * A key in the "recent" namespace for getting time, when the metadata for the 10310 * file in `recent:///` was last changed. 10311 * 10312 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64. 10313 */ 10314 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = "recent::modified"; 10315 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED; 10316 10317 /** 10318 * A key in the "selinux" namespace for getting the file's SELinux 10319 * context. 10320 * 10321 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10322 * 10323 * Note that this attribute is only available if GLib has been built 10324 * with SELinux support. 10325 */ 10326 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = "selinux::context"; 10327 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT; 10328 10329 /** 10330 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the amount of disk space 10331 * that is consumed by the file (in bytes). 10332 * 10333 * This will generally be larger than the file size (due to block size 10334 * overhead) but can occasionally be smaller (for example, for sparse files). 10335 * 10336 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10337 */ 10338 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = "standard::allocated-size"; 10339 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE; 10340 10341 /** 10342 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the content type of the file. 10343 * 10344 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10345 * 10346 * The value for this key should contain a valid content type. 10347 */ 10348 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::content-type"; 10349 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE; 10350 10351 /** 10352 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the copy name of the file. 10353 * 10354 * The copy name is an optional version of the name. If available it's always 10355 * in UTF8, and corresponds directly to the original filename (only transcoded to 10356 * UTF8). This is useful if you want to copy the file to another filesystem that 10357 * might have a different encoding. If the filename is not a valid string in the 10358 * encoding selected for the filesystem it is in then the copy name will not be set. 10359 * 10360 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10361 */ 10362 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = "standard::copy-name"; 10363 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME; 10364 10365 /** 10366 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the description of the file. 10367 * 10368 * The description is a utf8 string that describes the file, generally containing 10369 * the filename, but can also contain further information. Example descriptions 10370 * could be "filename (on hostname)" for a remote file or "filename (in trash)" 10371 * for a file in the trash. This is useful for instance as the window title 10372 * when displaying a directory or for a bookmarks menu. 10373 * 10374 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10375 */ 10376 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = "standard::description"; 10377 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION; 10378 10379 /** 10380 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the display name of the file. 10381 * 10382 * A display name is guaranteed to be in UTF-8 and can thus be displayed in 10383 * the UI. It is guaranteed to be set on every file. 10384 * 10385 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10386 */ 10387 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = "standard::display-name"; 10388 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME; 10389 10390 /** 10391 * A key in the "standard" namespace for edit name of the file. 10392 * 10393 * An edit name is similar to the display name, but it is meant to be 10394 * used when you want to rename the file in the UI. The display name 10395 * might contain information you don't want in the new filename (such as 10396 * "(invalid unicode)" if the filename was in an invalid encoding). 10397 * 10398 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10399 */ 10400 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = "standard::edit-name"; 10401 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME; 10402 10403 /** 10404 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the fast content type. 10405 * 10406 * The fast content type isn't as reliable as the regular one, as it 10407 * only uses the filename to guess it, but it is faster to calculate than the 10408 * regular content type. 10409 * 10410 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10411 */ 10412 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::fast-content-type"; 10413 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE; 10414 10415 /** 10416 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the icon for the file. 10417 * 10418 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 10419 * 10420 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 10421 */ 10422 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = "standard::icon"; 10423 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON; 10424 10425 /** 10426 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is a backup file. 10427 * 10428 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10429 */ 10430 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = "standard::is-backup"; 10431 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP; 10432 10433 /** 10434 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is hidden. 10435 * 10436 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10437 */ 10438 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = "standard::is-hidden"; 10439 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN; 10440 10441 /** 10442 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if the file is a symlink. 10443 * Typically the actual type is something else, if we followed the symlink 10444 * to get the type. 10445 * 10446 * On Windows NTFS mountpoints are considered to be symlinks as well. 10447 * 10448 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10449 */ 10450 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = "standard::is-symlink"; 10451 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK; 10452 10453 /** 10454 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is virtual. 10455 * 10456 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10457 */ 10458 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = "standard::is-virtual"; 10459 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL; 10460 10461 /** 10462 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is 10463 * volatile. This is meant for opaque, non-POSIX-like backends to 10464 * indicate that the URI is not persistent. Applications should look 10465 * at %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET for the persistent URI. 10466 * 10467 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10468 */ 10469 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = "standard::is-volatile"; 10470 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE; 10471 10472 /** 10473 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the name of the file. 10474 * 10475 * The name is the on-disk filename which may not be in any known encoding, 10476 * and can thus not be generally displayed as is. It is guaranteed to be set on 10477 * every file. 10478 * 10479 * Use %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME if you need to display the 10480 * name in a user interface. 10481 * 10482 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10483 */ 10484 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = "standard::name"; 10485 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME; 10486 10487 /** 10488 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the file's size (in bytes). 10489 * 10490 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10491 */ 10492 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = "standard::size"; 10493 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE; 10494 10495 /** 10496 * A key in the "standard" namespace for setting the sort order of a file. 10497 * 10498 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32. 10499 * 10500 * An example use would be in file managers, which would use this key 10501 * to set the order files are displayed. Files with smaller sort order 10502 * should be sorted first, and files without sort order as if sort order 10503 * was zero. 10504 */ 10505 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = "standard::sort-order"; 10506 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER; 10507 10508 /** 10509 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symbolic icon for the file. 10510 * 10511 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 10512 * 10513 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 10514 */ 10515 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = "standard::symbolic-icon"; 10516 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON; 10517 10518 /** 10519 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symlink target, if the file 10520 * is a symlink. 10521 * 10522 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10523 */ 10524 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = "standard::symlink-target"; 10525 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET; 10526 10527 /** 10528 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the target URI for the file, in 10529 * the case of %G_FILE_TYPE_SHORTCUT or %G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE files. 10530 * 10531 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10532 */ 10533 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = "standard::target-uri"; 10534 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI; 10535 10536 /** 10537 * A key in the "standard" namespace for storing file types. 10538 * 10539 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10540 * 10541 * The value for this key should contain a #GFileType. 10542 */ 10543 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = "standard::type"; 10544 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE; 10545 10546 /** 10547 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking if thumbnailing failed. 10548 * 10549 * This attribute is %TRUE if thumbnailing failed. 10550 * 10551 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10552 */ 10553 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = "thumbnail::failed"; 10554 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED; 10555 10556 /** 10557 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking whether the thumbnail is outdated. 10558 * 10559 * This attribute is %TRUE if the thumbnail is up-to-date with the file it represents, 10560 * and %FALSE if the file has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. 10561 * 10562 * If %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED is %TRUE and this attribute is %FALSE, 10563 * it indicates that thumbnailing may be attempted again and may succeed. 10564 * 10565 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10566 */ 10567 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = "thumbnail::is-valid"; 10568 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID; 10569 10570 /** 10571 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for getting the path to the thumbnail 10572 * image. 10573 * 10574 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10575 */ 10576 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = "thumbnail::path"; 10577 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH; 10578 10579 /** 10580 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 10581 * accessed. 10582 * 10583 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and 10584 * contains the time since the file was last accessed, in seconds since the 10585 * UNIX epoch. 10586 */ 10587 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = "time::access"; 10588 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS; 10589 10590 /** 10591 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10592 * the file was last accessed. 10593 * 10594 * This should be used in conjunction with %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS. 10595 * 10596 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10597 */ 10598 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = "time::access-usec"; 10599 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC; 10600 10601 /** 10602 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 10603 * changed. 10604 * 10605 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 10606 * and contains the time since the file was last changed, in seconds since 10607 * the UNIX epoch. 10608 * 10609 * This corresponds to the traditional UNIX ctime. 10610 */ 10611 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = "time::changed"; 10612 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED; 10613 10614 /** 10615 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10616 * the file was last changed. 10617 * 10618 * This should be used in conjunction with %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED. 10619 * 10620 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10621 */ 10622 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = "time::changed-usec"; 10623 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC; 10624 10625 /** 10626 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was created. 10627 * 10628 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 10629 * and contains the time since the file was created, in seconds since the UNIX 10630 * epoch. 10631 * 10632 * This may correspond to Linux `stx_btime`, FreeBSD `st_birthtim`, NetBSD 10633 * `st_birthtime` or NTFS `ctime`. 10634 */ 10635 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = "time::created"; 10636 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED; 10637 10638 /** 10639 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10640 * the file was created. 10641 * 10642 * This should be used in conjunction with %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED. 10643 * 10644 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10645 */ 10646 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = "time::created-usec"; 10647 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC; 10648 10649 /** 10650 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 10651 * modified. 10652 * 10653 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and 10654 * contains the time since the file was modified, in seconds since the UNIX 10655 * epoch. 10656 */ 10657 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = "time::modified"; 10658 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED; 10659 10660 /** 10661 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10662 * the file was last modified. 10663 * 10664 * This should be used in conjunction with %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED. 10665 * 10666 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10667 */ 10668 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = "time::modified-usec"; 10669 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC; 10670 10671 /** 10672 * A key in the "trash" namespace for getting the deletion date and time 10673 * of a file inside the `trash:///` folder. 10674 * 10675 * The format of the returned string is `YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss`. 10676 * 10677 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10678 */ 10679 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = "trash::deletion-date"; 10680 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE; 10681 10682 /** 10683 * A key in the "trash" namespace for getting the number of (toplevel) items 10684 * that are present in the `trash:///` folder. 10685 * 10686 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10687 */ 10688 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = "trash::item-count"; 10689 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT; 10690 10691 /** 10692 * A key in the "trash" namespace for getting the original path of a file 10693 * inside the `trash:///` folder before it was trashed. 10694 * 10695 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10696 */ 10697 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = "trash::orig-path"; 10698 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH; 10699 10700 /** 10701 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of blocks allocated 10702 * for the file. 10703 * 10704 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10705 * 10706 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10707 */ 10708 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = "unix::blocks"; 10709 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS; 10710 10711 /** 10712 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the block size for the file 10713 * system. 10714 * 10715 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10716 * 10717 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10718 */ 10719 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = "unix::block-size"; 10720 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE; 10721 10722 /** 10723 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device id of the device the 10724 * file is located on (see stat() documentation). 10725 * 10726 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10727 * 10728 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10729 */ 10730 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix::device"; 10731 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE; 10732 10733 /** 10734 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the group ID for the file. 10735 * 10736 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10737 * 10738 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10739 */ 10740 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = "unix::gid"; 10741 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID; 10742 10743 /** 10744 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the inode of the file. 10745 * 10746 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10747 * 10748 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10749 */ 10750 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = "unix::inode"; 10751 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE; 10752 10753 /** 10754 * A key in the "unix" namespace for checking if the file represents a 10755 * UNIX mount point. 10756 * 10757 * This attribute is %TRUE if the file is a UNIX mount point. 10758 * 10759 * Since 2.58, `/` is considered to be a mount point. 10760 * 10761 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10762 * 10763 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10764 */ 10765 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = "unix::is-mountpoint"; 10766 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT; 10767 10768 /** 10769 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the mode of the file 10770 * (e.g. whether the file is a regular file, symlink, etc). 10771 * 10772 * See the documentation for `lstat()`: this attribute is equivalent to 10773 * the `st_mode` member of `struct stat`, and includes both the file type 10774 * and permissions. 10775 * 10776 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10777 * 10778 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10779 */ 10780 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = "unix::mode"; 10781 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE; 10782 10783 /** 10784 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of hard links 10785 * for a file. 10786 * 10787 * See the documentation for `lstat()`. 10788 * 10789 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10790 * 10791 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10792 */ 10793 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = "unix::nlink"; 10794 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK; 10795 10796 /** 10797 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device ID for the file 10798 * (if it is a special file). 10799 * 10800 * See the documentation for `lstat()`. 10801 * 10802 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10803 * 10804 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10805 */ 10806 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = "unix::rdev"; 10807 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV; 10808 10809 /** 10810 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the user ID for the file. 10811 * 10812 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10813 * 10814 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10815 */ 10816 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = "unix::uid"; 10817 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID; 10818 10819 /** 10820 * Extension point for memory usage monitoring functionality. 10821 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10822 */ 10823 enum MEMORY_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-memory-monitor"; 10824 alias G_MEMORY_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = MEMORY_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10825 10826 /** 10827 * The menu item attribute which holds the action name of the item. Action 10828 * names are namespaced with an identifier for the action group in which the 10829 * action resides. For example, "win." for window-specific actions and "app." 10830 * for application-wide actions. 10831 * 10832 * See also g_menu_model_get_item_attribute() and g_menu_item_set_attribute(). 10833 */ 10834 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = "action"; 10835 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION; 10836 10837 /** 10838 * The menu item attribute that holds the namespace for all action names in 10839 * menus that are linked from this item. 10840 */ 10841 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = "action-namespace"; 10842 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE; 10843 10844 /** 10845 * The menu item attribute which holds the icon of the item. 10846 * 10847 * The icon is stored in the format returned by g_icon_serialize(). 10848 * 10849 * This attribute is intended only to represent 'noun' icons such as 10850 * favicons for a webpage, or application icons. It should not be used 10851 * for 'verbs' (ie: stock icons). 10852 */ 10853 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = "icon"; 10854 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON; 10855 10856 /** 10857 * The menu item attribute which holds the label of the item. 10858 */ 10859 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = "label"; 10860 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL; 10861 10862 /** 10863 * The menu item attribute which holds the target with which the item's action 10864 * will be activated. 10865 * 10866 * See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() 10867 */ 10868 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = "target"; 10869 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET; 10870 10871 /** 10872 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a section. The linked 10873 * menu will usually be shown in place of the menu item, using the item's label 10874 * as a header. 10875 * 10876 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10877 */ 10878 enum MENU_LINK_SECTION = "section"; 10879 alias G_MENU_LINK_SECTION = MENU_LINK_SECTION; 10880 10881 /** 10882 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a submenu. 10883 * 10884 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10885 */ 10886 enum MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = "submenu"; 10887 alias G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = MENU_LINK_SUBMENU; 10888 10889 enum NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-native-volume-monitor"; 10890 alias G_NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10891 10892 /** 10893 * Extension point for network status monitoring functionality. 10894 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10895 */ 10896 enum NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-network-monitor"; 10897 alias G_NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10898 10899 /** 10900 * Extension point for power profile usage monitoring functionality. 10901 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10902 */ 10903 enum POWER_PROFILE_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-power-profile-monitor"; 10904 alias G_POWER_PROFILE_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = POWER_PROFILE_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10905 10906 /** 10907 * Extension point for proxy functionality. 10908 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10909 */ 10910 enum PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy"; 10911 alias G_PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10912 10913 /** 10914 * Extension point for proxy resolving functionality. 10915 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10916 */ 10917 enum PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy-resolver"; 10918 alias G_PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10919 10920 /** 10921 * Extension point for #GSettingsBackend functionality. 10922 */ 10923 enum SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gsettings-backend"; 10924 alias G_SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10925 10926 /** 10927 * Extension point for TLS functionality via #GTlsBackend. 10928 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10929 */ 10930 enum TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-tls-backend"; 10931 alias G_TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10932 10933 /** 10934 * The purpose used to verify the client certificate in a TLS connection. 10935 * Used by TLS servers. 10936 */ 10937 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2"; 10938 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT; 10939 10940 /** 10941 * The purpose used to verify the server certificate in a TLS connection. This 10942 * is the most common purpose in use. Used by TLS clients. 10943 */ 10944 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1"; 10945 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER; 10946 10947 /** 10948 * Extension point for #GVfs functionality. 10949 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10950 */ 10951 enum VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-vfs"; 10952 alias G_VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10953 10954 /** 10955 * The string used to obtain the volume class with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10956 * 10957 * Known volume classes include `device`, `network`, and `loop`. Other 10958 * classes may be added in the future. 10959 * 10960 * This is intended to be used by applications to classify #GVolume 10961 * instances into different sections - for example a file manager or 10962 * file chooser can use this information to show `network` volumes under 10963 * a "Network" heading and `device` volumes under a "Devices" heading. 10964 */ 10965 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = "class"; 10966 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS; 10967 10968 /** 10969 * The string used to obtain a Hal UDI with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10970 * 10971 * Deprecated: Do not use, HAL is deprecated. 10972 */ 10973 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = "hal-udi"; 10974 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI; 10975 10976 /** 10977 * The string used to obtain a filesystem label with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10978 */ 10979 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = "label"; 10980 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL; 10981 10982 /** 10983 * The string used to obtain a NFS mount with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10984 */ 10985 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = "nfs-mount"; 10986 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT; 10987 10988 /** 10989 * The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10990 */ 10991 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix-device"; 10992 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE; 10993 10994 /** 10995 * The string used to obtain a UUID with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10996 */ 10997 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = "uuid"; 10998 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID; 10999 11000 /** 11001 * Extension point for volume monitor functionality. 11002 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 11003 */ 11004 enum VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-volume-monitor"; 11005 alias G_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME;